9aa7522f05b47c23166039aa015f1fcc986df4c5
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3,
164 STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
196
197 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
198 communication between users:
199
200 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
201
202 @section OpenOCD IRC
203
204 Support can also be found on irc:
205 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
206
207 @node Developers
208 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
209 @cindex developers
210
211 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
212 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
213 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
214 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
215
216 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
217 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
218
219 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
220
221 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
222 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
223
224 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
225
226 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
227
228 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
229
230 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
231 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
232 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
233 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
234 needing a GIT client:
235
236 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
237
238 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
239
240 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
241 from the repository or a snapshot.
242
243 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
244 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
245 Patches created against older versions may require additional
246 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
247
248 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
249
250 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
251 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
252 technical information about the software internals, development
253 processes, and similar documentation:
254
255 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
256
257 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
258 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
259 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
262
263 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
264 communication between developers:
265
266 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
267
268 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
269 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
270 to prepare patches.
271
272 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
273
274 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
275 using Trac for its bug database:
276
277 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
278
279
280 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
281 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
282 @cindex dongles
283 @cindex FTDI
284 @cindex wiggler
285 @cindex zy1000
286 @cindex printer port
287 @cindex USB Adapter
288 @cindex RTCK
289
290 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
291 an adapter .... [snip]
292
293 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
294 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
295 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
296 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
297 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
298 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
299 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
300
301
302 @section Choosing a Dongle
303
304 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
305
306 @enumerate
307 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
308 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
309 other ways to communicate with target devices.
310 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
311 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
312 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
313 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
314 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
315 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
316 Ethernet port needed?
317 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
318 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
319 @end enumerate
320
321 @section Stand alone Systems
322
323 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe} Technically, not a
324 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
325 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
326 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
327 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
328
329 @section USB FT2232 Based
330
331 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
332 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
333 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
334 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
335 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
336 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
337 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
338
339 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
340 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
341 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
342 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
343 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
344
345 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
346 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
347
348 @itemize @bullet
349 @item @b{usbjtag}
350 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
351 @item @b{jtagkey}
352 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
353 @item @b{jtagkey2}
354 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
355 @item @b{oocdlink}
356 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
357 @item @b{signalyzer}
358 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
359 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
361 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
362 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
363 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
364 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
365 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
366 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
367 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
368 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
369 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
370 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
371 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
372 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
373 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
374 @item @b{turtelizer2}
375 @* See:
376 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
377 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
378 @item @b{comstick}
379 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
380 @item @b{stm32stick}
381 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
382 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
383 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
384 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
385 @item @b{cortino}
386 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
387 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
388 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
389 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
390 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
391 @end itemize
392
393 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
394
395 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
396 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
397 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
398 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
399 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
400
401 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
402 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
403 (see the section on driver commands).
404
405 @itemize
406 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
407 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
408 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
409 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
410 @end itemize
411
412 @section USB JLINK based
413 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
414 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
415 AT91SAM764 internally.
416
417 @itemize @bullet
418 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
420 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
421 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
422 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
423 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
424 @end itemize
425
426 @section USB RLINK based
427 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
428
429 @itemize @bullet
430 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
432 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
433 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
434 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
435 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
436 @end itemize
437
438 @section USB ST-LINK based
439 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
440 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
441
442 @itemize @bullet
443 @item @b{ST-LINK}
444 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
445 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
446 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
447 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
448 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
449 @end itemize
450
451 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
452 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
453 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
454 @itemize @bullet
455 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
456 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
457 @end itemize
458
459 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
460 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
461 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
462 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
463
464 @section USB Other
465 @itemize @bullet
466 @item @b{USBprog}
467 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
468
469 @item @b{USB - Presto}
470 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
471
472 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
473 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
474
475 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
476 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
477
478 @item @b{Buspirate}
479 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
480
481 @item @b{opendous}
482 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/}
483
484 @item @b{estick}
485 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
486
487 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
488 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
489 @end itemize
490
491 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
492
493 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
494 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
495 these on the market.
496
497 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
498 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
499 of USB-based ones.
500
501 @itemize @bullet
502
503 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
504 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
505
506 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
507 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
508 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
509
510 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
511 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
512
513 @item @b{GW16402}
514 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
515
516 @item @b{Wiggler2}
517 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
518
519 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
520 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
521
522 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
523 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
524
525 @item @b{arm-jtag}
526 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
527
528 @item @b{chameleon}
529 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
530
531 @item @b{Triton}
532 @* Unknown.
533
534 @item @b{Lattice}
535 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
536 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
537
538 @item @b{flashlink}
539 @* From ST Microsystems;
540 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
541
542 @end itemize
543
544 @section Other...
545 @itemize @bullet
546
547 @item @b{ep93xx}
548 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
549
550 @item @b{at91rm9200}
551 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
552
553 @end itemize
554
555 @node About Jim-Tcl
556 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
557 @cindex Jim-Tcl
558 @cindex tcl
559
560 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
561 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
562 command interpreter.
563
564 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
565 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
566 much of anything about Tcl.
567 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
568
569 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
570 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
571 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
572 OpenOCD mailing list.
573
574 @itemize @bullet
575 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
576 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
577 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
578 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
579 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
580 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
581
582 @item @b{Missing Features}
583 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
584 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
585 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
586 enabled in OpenOCD.
587
588 @item @b{Scripts}
589 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
590 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
591 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
592
593 @item @b{Commands}
594 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
595 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
596 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
597 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
598
599 @item @b{Historical Note}
600 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
601 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
602 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
603 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
604
605 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
606 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
607 @end itemize
608
609 @node Running
610 @chapter Running
611 @cindex command line options
612 @cindex logfile
613 @cindex directory search
614
615 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
616 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
617 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
618 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
619 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
620
621 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
622 tell it how each debug session should work.
623 The @option{--help} option shows:
624 @verbatim
625 bash$ openocd --help
626
627 --help | -h display this help
628 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
629 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
630 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
631 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
632 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
633 --command | -c run <command>
634 @end verbatim
635
636 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
637 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
638 To specify one or more different
639 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
640
641 @example
642 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
643 @end example
644
645 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
646 @enumerate
647 @item the current directory,
648 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
649 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
650 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
651 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
652 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
653 @end enumerate
654 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
655
656 @quotation Note
657 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
658 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
659 @end quotation
660
661 @section Simple setup, no customization
662
663 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
664 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
665 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
666 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
667 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
668
669 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
670 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
671 the server like:
672
673 @example
674 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
675 @end example
676
677 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
678 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
679 If all goes well you'll see output something like
680
681 @example
682 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
683 For bug reports, read
684 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
685 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
686 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
687 @end example
688
689 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
690 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
691 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
692
693 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
694
695 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
696 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
697 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
698 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
699 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
700 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
701 ensure that this always succeeds.
702 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
703 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
704 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
705 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
706
707 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
708 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
709 those channels.
710
711 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
712 the @option{-d} option.
713
714 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
715 @option{-c} command line switch.
716
717 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
718 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
719 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
720 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
721 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
722 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
723 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
724
725 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
726 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
727
728 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
729 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
730 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
731 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
732
733 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
734 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
735
736 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
737 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
738 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
739 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
740 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
741 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
742 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
743
744 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
745
746 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
747 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
748 and a USB cable on the other.
749 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
750 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
751
752 @enumerate
753 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
754 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
755 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
756 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
757 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
758 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
759 debugging host.
760
761 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
762 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
763 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
764 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
765 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
766
767 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
768 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
769 with 1.2 Volt boards.
770
771 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
772 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
773 ways to connect the cable.
774 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
775 Be sure it's firmly connected.
776
777 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
778 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
779 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
780 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
781 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
782 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
783 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
784 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
785
786 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
787 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
788 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
789 but are tedious to set up.
790 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
791 adapter signals to the right board pins.
792
793 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
794 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
795 you are using to run OpenOCD.
796 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
797
798 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
799 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
800 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
801
802 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
803 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
804 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
805
806 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
807 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
808 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
809 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
810
811 @end enumerate
812
813 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
814 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
815 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
816
817 @section Project Directory
818
819 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
820
821 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
822 single directory for your work with a given board.
823 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
824 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
825 files accessed through semihosting,
826 and for code you upload to the target board.
827 It is also the natural place to write files,
828 such as log files and data you download from the board.
829
830 @section Configuration Basics
831
832 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
833 a variety of ways you can mix them.
834 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
835
836 @itemize
837 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
838 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
839 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
840 @end itemize
841
842 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
843 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
844 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
845
846 @example
847 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
848
849 # GDB can also flash my flash!
850 gdb_memory_map enable
851 gdb_flash_program enable
852
853 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
854 @end example
855
856 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
857
858 @example
859 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
860 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
861 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
862 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
863 @end example
864
865 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
866 each supporting a different development task.
867 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
868 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
869
870 @quotation Important
871 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
872 problems with how it treats variables.
873 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
874 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
875 that can be tested in a later script.
876 @end quotation
877
878 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
879 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
880 to simplify your work.
881
882 @section User Config Files
883 @cindex config file, user
884 @cindex user config file
885 @cindex config file, overview
886
887 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
888 in one place.
889 One of the following will match your situation best:
890
891 @itemize
892 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
893 provided by someone else.
894 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
895 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
896 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
897 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
898 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
899 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
900
901 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
902 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
903
904 @enumerate
905 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
906 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
907 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
908 @end enumerate
909
910 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
911 The first is an interface config file.
912 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
913 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
914 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
915 meet your deadline:
916
917 @example
918 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
919 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
920 @end example
921
922 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
923 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
924 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
925 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
926
927 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
928 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
929 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
930 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
931 target and board
932 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
933 @xref{Autoprobing}.
934
935 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
936 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
937 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
938 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
939
940 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
941 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
942 giving access to your particular flash chips.
943 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
944 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
945
946 @quotation Note
947 When you write new configuration files, please submit
948 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
949 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
950 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
951 will help support users of any board using that chip.
952 @end quotation
953
954 @item
955 You may may need to write some C code.
956 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
957 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
958 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
959 a new chip architecture.
960 @end itemize
961
962 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
963 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
964 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
965
966 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
967 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
968 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
969 @itemize
970
971 @item
972 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
973 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
974 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
975 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
976
977 @item
978 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
979 @cindex vector_catch
980 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
981 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
982 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
983 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
984 along with messaging and tracing setup.
985 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
986
987 @item
988 You might need to override some defaults.
989 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
990 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
991
992 @item
993 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
994 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
995 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
996 @end itemize
997
998 @section Project-Specific Utilities
999
1000 A few project-specific utility
1001 routines may well speed up your work.
1002 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1003
1004 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1005 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1006 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1007 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1008 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1009 may help:
1010
1011 @example
1012 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1013 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1014 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1015 # Leave the CPU halted.
1016 reset init
1017
1018 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1019 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1020
1021 # Start running.
1022 resume 0x20000000
1023 @}
1024 @end example
1025
1026 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1027 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1028 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1029 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1030 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1031
1032 @example
1033 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1034 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1035 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1036 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1037 reset init
1038
1039 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1040 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1041 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1042 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1043 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1044 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1045 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1046
1047 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1048 reset run
1049 @}
1050 @end example
1051
1052 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1053 from NAND.
1054 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1055 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1056 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1057
1058 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1059 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1060
1061 @section Target Software Changes
1062
1063 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1064 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1065 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1066 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1067 handling issues like:
1068
1069 @itemize @bullet
1070
1071 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1072 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1073 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1074 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1075 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1076 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1077 your debug sessions.
1078
1079 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1080 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1081 That might however be your only option.
1082
1083 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1084 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1085 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1086 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1087 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1088 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1089 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1090 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1091 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1092 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1093 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1094 instead of the whole thing.
1095 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1096 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1097
1098 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1099 @cindex ARM semihosting
1100 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1101 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1102 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1103 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1104 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1105 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1106 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1107 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1108 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1109 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1110 NAND or SPI flash.
1111
1112 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1113 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1114 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1115 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1116 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1117
1118 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1119 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1120 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1121 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1122 registers which can be used to change various features including
1123 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1124 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1125 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1126 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1127 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1128
1129 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1130 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1131 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1132 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1133 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1134
1135 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1136 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1137 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1138 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1139 early code execution can be debugged
1140 or firmware can be replaced.
1141
1142 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1143 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1144 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1145 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1146 operations like writing to memory.)
1147
1148 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1149 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1150 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1151 various kinds of message.
1152 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1153
1154 @end itemize
1155
1156 @section Target Hardware Setup
1157
1158 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1159 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1160 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1161 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1162 working with.}
1163
1164 Common issues include:
1165
1166 @itemize @bullet
1167
1168 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1169 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1170 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1171 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1172 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1173 or one from a daughtercard).
1174 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1175 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1176
1177 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1178 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1179 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1180 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1181 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1182 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1183
1184 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1185 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1186 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1187 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1188 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1189
1190
1191 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1192 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1193 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1194 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1195 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1196 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1197 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1198
1199 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1200 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1201 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1202 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1203 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1204
1205 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1206 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1207 used to start booting.
1208
1209 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1210 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1211 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1212 multiple audio codec chips).
1213 This interacts with software
1214 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1215 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1216 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1217 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1218 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1219 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1220 audio or video codecs are used.
1221
1222 @end itemize
1223
1224 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1225 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1226 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1227 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1228 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1229 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1230 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1231 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1232 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1233 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1234
1235
1236 @node Config File Guidelines
1237 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1238
1239 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1240 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1241 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1242 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1243
1244 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1245 with files including the ones listed here.
1246 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1247 @itemize @bullet
1248 @item @file{interface} ...
1249 These are for debug adapters.
1250 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1251 @example
1252 $ ls interface
1253 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openrd.cfg
1254 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg osbdm.cfg
1255 arm-usb-ocd.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg parport.cfg
1256 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1257 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1258 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1259 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg rlink.cfg
1260 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1261 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1262 calao-usb-a9260.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1263 chameleon.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1264 cortino.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1265 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1266 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1267 dummy.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1268 estick.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1269 flashlink.cfg ngxtech.cfg ulink.cfg
1270 flossjtag.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1271 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg usbprog.cfg
1272 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1273 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1274 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1275 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg
1276 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1277 $
1278 @end example
1279 @item @file{board} ...
1280 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1281 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1282 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1283 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1284 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1285 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1286 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1287 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1288 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1289 a CPU and an FPGA.
1290 @example
1291 $ ls board
1292 actux3.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1293 am3517evm.cfg lubbock.cfg
1294 arm_evaluator7t.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1295 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1296 at91eb40a.cfg mini2440.cfg
1297 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini6410.cfg
1298 at91rm9200-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1299 at91sam9261-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1300 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1301 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1302 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1303 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1304 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1305 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1306 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1307 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1308 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg osk5912.cfg
1309 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1310 balloon3-cpu.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1311 colibri.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1312 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1313 csb337.cfg redbee.cfg
1314 csb732.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1315 da850evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1316 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1317 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1318 dm355evm.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1319 dm365evm.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1320 dm6446evm.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1321 efikamx.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1322 eir.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1323 ek-lm3s1968.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1324 ek-lm3s3748.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1325 ek-lm3s6965.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1326 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1327 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1328 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1329 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1330 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1331 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1332 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1333 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1334 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1335 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1336 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1337 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1338 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg telo.cfg
1339 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1340 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1341 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1342 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1343 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1344 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1345 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1346 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topasa900.cfg
1347 imx27ads.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1348 imx27lnst.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1349 imx28evk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1350 imx31pdk.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1351 imx35pdk.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1352 imx53loco.cfg verdex.cfg
1353 keil_mcb1700.cfg voipac.cfg
1354 keil_mcb2140.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1355 kwikstik.cfg x300t.cfg
1356 linksys_nslu2.cfg zy1000.cfg
1357 lisa-l.cfg
1358 $
1359 @end example
1360 @item @file{target} ...
1361 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1362 on a chip
1363 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1364 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1365 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1366 the target config file defines all of them.
1367 @example
1368 $ ls target
1369 $duc702x.cfg ixp42x.cfg
1370 am335x.cfg k40.cfg
1371 amdm37x.cfg k60.cfg
1372 ar71xx.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1373 at32ap7000.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1374 at91r40008.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1375 at91rm9200.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1376 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1377 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1378 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1379 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1380 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1381 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1382 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1383 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1384 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1385 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1386 at91sam3u4e.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1387 at91sam3uxx.cfg nuc910.cfg
1388 at91sam3XXX.cfg omap2420.cfg
1389 at91sam4sXX.cfg omap3530.cfg
1390 at91sam4XXX.cfg omap4430.cfg
1391 at91sam7se512.cfg omap4460.cfg
1392 at91sam7sx.cfg omap5912.cfg
1393 at91sam7x256.cfg omapl138.cfg
1394 at91sam7x512.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1395 at91sam9260.cfg pxa255.cfg
1396 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg pxa270.cfg
1397 at91sam9261.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1398 at91sam9263.cfg readme.txt
1399 at91sam9.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1400 at91sam9g10.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1401 at91sam9g20.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1402 at91sam9g45.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1403 at91sam9rl.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1404 atmega128.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1405 avr32.cfg smp8634.cfg
1406 c100.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1407 c100config.tcl stellaris.cfg
1408 c100helper.tcl stm32.cfg
1409 c100regs.tcl stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1410 cs351x.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1411 davinci.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1412 dragonite.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1413 dsp56321.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1414 dsp568013.cfg stm32f2xxx.cfg
1415 dsp568037.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1416 epc9301.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1417 faux.cfg stm32l.cfg
1418 feroceon.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1419 fm3.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1420 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1421 hilscher_netx500.cfg str710.cfg
1422 hilscher_netx50.cfg str730.cfg
1423 icepick.cfg str750.cfg
1424 imx21.cfg str912.cfg
1425 imx25.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1426 imx27.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1427 imx28.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1428 imx31.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1429 imx35.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1430 imx51.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1431 imx53.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1432 imx.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1433 is5114.cfg u8500.cfg
1434 @end example
1435 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1436 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1437 @end itemize
1438
1439 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1440 file may override features in any of the above files by
1441 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1442 commands specific to their situation.
1443
1444 @section Interface Config Files
1445
1446 The user config file
1447 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1448
1449 @example
1450 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1451 @end example
1452
1453 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1454 in use today with OpenOCD.
1455 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1456 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1457
1458 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1459 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1460 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1461 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1462 and need to provide a driver for it.
1463
1464 @section Board Config Files
1465 @cindex config file, board
1466 @cindex board config file
1467
1468 The user config file
1469 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1470
1471 @example
1472 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1473 @end example
1474
1475 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1476 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1477 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1478
1479 @enumerate
1480 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1481 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1482 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1483 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1484 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1485 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1486 @end enumerate
1487
1488 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1489 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1490 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1491 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1492
1493 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1494 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1495 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1496 configuration works.
1497
1498 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1499
1500 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1501 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1502 convention on how to use certain variables.
1503
1504 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1505 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1506 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1507 used at will within a target configuration file.
1508
1509 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1510 for a board with three chips:
1511
1512 @example
1513 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1514 set CHIPNAME network
1515 set ENDIAN big
1516 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1517 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1518 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1519 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1520
1521 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1522 set CHIPNAME video
1523 set ENDIAN little
1524 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1525 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1526 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1527 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1528
1529 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1530 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1531 unset ENDIAN
1532 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1533 @end example
1534
1535 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1536 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1537 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1538 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1539 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1540 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1541 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1542 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1543
1544 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1545 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1546 naming collisions.
1547
1548 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1549 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1550 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1551 up other clocks and peripherals.
1552
1553 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1554 @cindex variable names
1555
1556 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1557 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1558 one such chip (as shown above).
1559 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1560 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1561 to promote consistency and
1562 so that board files can override target defaults.
1563
1564 Inputs to target config files include:
1565
1566 @itemize @bullet
1567 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1568 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1569 tap identifier dotted names.
1570 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1571 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1572 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1573 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1574 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1575 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1576 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1577 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1578 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1579 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1580 @end itemize
1581
1582 Outputs from target config files include:
1583
1584 @itemize @bullet
1585 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1586 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1587 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1588 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1589 specific to that board and that target.
1590 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1591 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1592 @end itemize
1593
1594 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1595 @cindex event, reset-init
1596 @cindex reset-init handler
1597
1598 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1599 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1600 fully set up yet.
1601 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1602 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1603 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1604 handler is one of the most important.
1605
1606 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1607 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1608 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1609 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1610 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1611
1612 @quotation Note
1613 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1614 are included here.
1615 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1616 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1617 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1618 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1619 @end quotation
1620
1621 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1622 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1623 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1624 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1625 those as parameters.
1626 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1627 and disabling the watchdog.
1628 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1629 the next developer doing such work.
1630 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1631
1632 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1633 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1634 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1635 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1636
1637 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1638
1639 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1640 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1641 a low JTAG clock rate.
1642 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1643 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1644 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1645 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1646 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1647 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1648 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1649
1650 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1651 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1652 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1653 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1654 which might be less than that.
1655
1656 @quotation Warning
1657 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1658 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1659 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1660 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1661 @end quotation
1662
1663 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1664 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1665 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1666 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1667 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1668 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1669
1670 @anchor{The init_board procedure}
1671 @subsection The init_board procedure
1672 @cindex init_board procedure
1673
1674 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets} (@xref{The init_targets procedure}.)
1675 - it's a replacement of ``linear'' configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run
1676 stage (@xref{Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have spearate @code{init_targets} and
1677 @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure everything target specific (internal flash,
1678 internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency,
1679 reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.). Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when
1680 target config file uses @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and
1681 @code{init_targets} - after), so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to
1682 overcome this problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1683 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1684
1685 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1686 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1687
1688 @example
1689 ### board_file.cfg ###
1690
1691 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1692 source [find target/target.cfg]
1693
1694 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1695 # enables fast on-board clock source
1696 # configures the chip to use it
1697 @}
1698
1699 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1700 proc init_board @{@} @{
1701 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1702
1703 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1704 adapter_khz 1
1705 enable_fast_clock
1706 adapter_khz 10000
1707 @}
1708 @}
1709 @end example
1710
1711 @section Target Config Files
1712 @cindex config file, target
1713 @cindex target config file
1714
1715 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1716 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1717 more target config files like this:
1718
1719 @example
1720 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1721 @end example
1722
1723 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1724 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1725 In summary the target files should contain
1726
1727 @enumerate
1728 @item Set defaults
1729 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1730 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1731 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1732 @item On-Chip flash
1733 @end enumerate
1734
1735 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1736 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1737 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1738
1739 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1740 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1741 can talk to the chip.
1742 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1743 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1744 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1745 and other processing engines.
1746
1747 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1748
1749 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1750 letting board config files express environment-specific
1751 differences in how things should be set up.
1752
1753 @example
1754 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1755 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1756 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1757 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1758 @} else @{
1759 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1760 @}
1761
1762 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1763 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1764 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1765 @} else @{
1766 set _ENDIAN little
1767 @}
1768
1769 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1770 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1771 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1772 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1773 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1774 @} else @{
1775 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1776 @}
1777 @end example
1778 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1779
1780 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1781 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1782 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1783
1784 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1785 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1786 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1787
1788 @example
1789 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1790 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1791 @end example
1792
1793 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1794 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1795 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1796 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1797 for taps.
1798
1799 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1800 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1801 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1802 looks (in part) like this:
1803
1804 @example
1805 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1806 @end example
1807
1808 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1809 to source such a config file twice, with different
1810 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1811 it adds a different TAP each time.
1812
1813 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1814 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1815 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1816 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1817
1818 @example
1819 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1820 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1821 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1822 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1823 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1824 @end example
1825
1826 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1827 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1828
1829 @itemize
1830 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1831 plus a JRC to enable them
1832 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1833 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1834 is not currently used)
1835 @end itemize
1836
1837 @subsection Add CPU targets
1838
1839 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1840 GDB and other commands can use it.
1841 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1842 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1843 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1844 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1845
1846 @example
1847 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1848 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1849 @end example
1850
1851 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1852 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1853 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1854 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1855 a work area if you can.
1856 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1857
1858 @example
1859 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1860 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1861 @end example
1862
1863 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1864 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1865 @cindex SMP
1866 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1867
1868 @example
1869 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1870 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1871 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1872 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1873 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1874 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1875 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1876 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1877 @end example
1878 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1879 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1880 @itemize @bullet
1881 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1882 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1883 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1884 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1885 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1886 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1887 @end itemize
1888
1889 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1890 command have been implemented.
1891 @itemize @bullet
1892 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1893 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1894 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1895 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1896 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1897 following example.
1898 @end itemize
1899
1900 @example
1901 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1902 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1903 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1904 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1905 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1906 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1907 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1908 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1909 > resume
1910 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1911 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1912 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1913 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1914 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1915 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1916 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1917 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1918 @end example
1919
1920
1921 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1922
1923 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1924 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1925 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1926
1927 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1928 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1929 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1930 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1931 both signals.
1932
1933 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1934 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1935 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1936 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1937 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1938 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1939 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1940 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1941 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1942 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1943 not available.)
1944
1945 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1946 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1947 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1948 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1949 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1950 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1951 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1952 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1953
1954 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1955 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1956 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1957 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1958 slower clock than they will use later.
1959 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1960 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1961 than they will use later.
1962 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1963
1964 @quotation Important
1965 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1966 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1967 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1968 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1969 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1970 @end quotation
1971
1972 @anchor{The init_targets procedure}
1973 @subsection The init_targets procedure
1974 @cindex init_targets procedure
1975
1976 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in configuration stage,
1977 @xref{Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed
1978 when entering run stage (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{Entering the Run Stage}.)
1979 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original). This concept faciliates code
1980 reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which
1981 can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with
1982 ``linear'' config scripts, because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
1983
1984 @example
1985 ### generic_file.cfg ###
1986
1987 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
1988 # basic initialization procedure ...
1989 @}
1990
1991 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1992 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
1993 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
1994 @}
1995
1996 ### specific_file.cfg ###
1997
1998 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
1999
2000 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2001 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2002 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2003 @}
2004 @end example
2005
2006 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to enclose every line of ``code''
2007 (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2008
2009 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2010
2011 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files (@xref{The init_board procedure}.)
2012
2013 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2014
2015 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2016 special high speed download features - enable it.
2017
2018 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2019
2020 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2021 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2022 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2023 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2024 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2025 If you are using an external trace port,
2026 configure it in your board config file.
2027 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2028 configure it in your target config file.
2029
2030 @example
2031 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2032 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2033 @end example
2034
2035 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2036
2037 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2038
2039 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2040 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2041 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2042 the TARGET (chip) file.
2043
2044 Examples:
2045 @itemize @bullet
2046 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2047 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2048 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2049 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2050 @end itemize
2051
2052 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
2053 @section Translating Configuration Files
2054 @cindex translation
2055 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2056 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2057 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2058 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2059 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2060 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2061
2062 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2063 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2064 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2065 convert other scripts later on.
2066
2067 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2068 replace job:
2069
2070 @example
2071 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2072 #
2073 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2074 #
2075 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2076 #
2077 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2078
2079 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2080 global TARGETNAME
2081
2082 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2083
2084 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2085 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2086 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2087 @}
2088 @end example
2089
2090
2091
2092 @node Daemon Configuration
2093 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2094 @cindex initialization
2095 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2096 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2097 supported.
2098
2099 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
2100 @section Configuration Stage
2101 @cindex configuration stage
2102 @cindex config command
2103
2104 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2105 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2106 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2107 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2108 inside startup scripts.
2109
2110 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2111 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2112 which may be issued interactively.
2113 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2114 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2115
2116 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2117 flash banks,
2118 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2119 and other basic setup.
2120 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2121 may access or activate TAPs.
2122 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2123 longer be issued.
2124
2125 @anchor{Entering the Run Stage}
2126 @section Entering the Run Stage
2127
2128 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2129 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2130 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2131 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2132 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2133 You should see no errors at this point.
2134 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2135 commands you used to configure the server.
2136 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2137 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2138 on the scan chain.
2139
2140 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2141 become available.
2142 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2143 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2144 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2145 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2146 entry to the run stage.
2147
2148 @deffn {Config Command} init
2149 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2150 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2151 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2152 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2153 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2154 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2155
2156 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2157 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2158 configuration files and/or command line options.
2159
2160 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2161 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2162 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2163 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2164 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2165 @end deffn
2166
2167 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2168 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2169 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2170
2171 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2172 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2173 scan chain.
2174 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2175 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2176
2177 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2178 they return.
2179 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2180 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2181 @end deffn
2182
2183 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
2184 @section TCP/IP Ports
2185 @cindex TCP port
2186 @cindex server
2187 @cindex port
2188 @cindex security
2189 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2190 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2191 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2192
2193 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2194 access using one or more of these ports.
2195 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2196 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2197 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2198
2199 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2200 @cindex GDB server
2201 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2202 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2203 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2204 the normal use cases.
2205
2206 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2207 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2208 disables the gdb server.
2209
2210 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2211 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2212
2213 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2214 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2215
2216 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2217 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2218 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2219
2220 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2221 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2222 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2223 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2224 @end deffn
2225
2226 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2227 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2228 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2229 output from the Tcl engine.
2230 Intended as a machine interface.
2231 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2232 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2233
2234 @end deffn
2235
2236 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2237 Specify or query the
2238 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2239 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2240 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2241 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2242 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2243 @end deffn
2244
2245 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2246 @section GDB Configuration
2247 @cindex GDB
2248 @cindex GDB configuration
2249 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2250 The ones listed here are static and global.
2251 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2252 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2253
2254 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2255 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2256 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2257 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2258 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2259 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2260 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2261 @end deffn
2262
2263 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2264 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2265 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2266 vFlash packet is received.
2267 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2268 @end deffn
2269
2270 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2271 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2272 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2273 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2274 for flash programming to work.
2275 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2276 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2277 @end deffn
2278
2279 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2280 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2281 by GDB memory read packets.
2282 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2283 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2284 @end deffn
2285
2286 @anchor{Event Polling}
2287 @section Event Polling
2288
2289 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2290 where significant events can happen at any time.
2291 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2292 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2293 or to GDB.
2294
2295 Examples of such events include:
2296
2297 @itemize
2298 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2299 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2300 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2301 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2302 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2303 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2304 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2305 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2306 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2307 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2308 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2309 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2310 @end itemize
2311
2312 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2313 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2314 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2315 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2316 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2317
2318 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2319 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2320 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2321 to the various active targets.
2322 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2323 which is normally done in the background.
2324
2325 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2326 Poll the current target for its current state.
2327 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2328 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2329 specific information about the current state is printed.
2330 An optional parameter
2331 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2332
2333 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2334 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2335 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2336 @example
2337 > poll
2338 background polling: on
2339 target state: halted
2340 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2341 current mode: Supervisor
2342 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2343 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2344 >
2345 @end example
2346 @end deffn
2347
2348 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2349 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2350 @cindex config file, interface
2351 @cindex interface config file
2352
2353 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2354 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2355 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2356
2357 @quotation Note
2358 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2359 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2360 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2361 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2362 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2363 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2364 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2365 @end quotation
2366
2367 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2368 through commands in an interface configuration
2369 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2370 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2371
2372 @example
2373 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2374 @end example
2375
2376 These commands tell
2377 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2378 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2379
2380 @example
2381 # jlink interface
2382 interface jlink
2383 @end example
2384
2385 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2386
2387
2388 @section Interface Configuration
2389
2390 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2391 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2392 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2393
2394 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2395 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2396 target.
2397 @end deffn
2398
2399 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2400 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2401 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2402 @end deffn
2403 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2404 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2405 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2406 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2407 the hardware can support.
2408 @end deffn
2409
2410
2411
2412 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2413 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2414 @end deffn
2415
2416 @section Interface Drivers
2417
2418 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2419 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2420 available at run time.
2421
2422 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2423 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2424 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2425 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2426
2427 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2428 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2429 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2430 @end deffn
2431
2432 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2433 Displays status of RTCK option.
2434 Optionally sets that option first.
2435 @end deffn
2436 @end deffn
2437
2438 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2439 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2440 This has one driver-specific command:
2441
2442 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2443 Logs some status
2444 @end deffn
2445 @end deffn
2446
2447 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2448 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2449 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2450 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2451 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2452 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2453 @end deffn
2454
2455 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2456 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2457 @end deffn
2458
2459 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2460 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2461 @end deffn
2462
2463 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2464 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2465
2466 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2467 recommended as its replacement.
2468
2469 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2470 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2471
2472 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2473 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2474 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2475 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2476 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2477 @end deffn
2478
2479 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2480 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2481 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2482 is connected to the host.
2483 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2484 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2485 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2486 @end deffn
2487
2488 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2489 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2490 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2491 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2492 @itemize @minus
2493 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2494 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2495 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2496 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2497 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2498 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2499 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2500 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2501 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2502 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2503 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2504 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2505 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2506 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2507 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2508 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2509 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2510 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2511 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2512 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2513 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2514 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2515 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2516 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2517 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2518 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2519 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2520 @end itemize
2521 @end deffn
2522
2523 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2524 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2525 default values are used.
2526 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2527 @example
2528 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2529 @end example
2530 @end deffn
2531
2532 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2533 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2534 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2535 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2536 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2537 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2538 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2539 @end deffn
2540
2541 For example, the interface config file for a
2542 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2543
2544 @example
2545 interface ft2232
2546 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2547 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2548 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2549 @end example
2550 @end deffn
2551
2552 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2553 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2554 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2555 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2556 interface driver.
2557
2558 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2559 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2560 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2561
2562 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2563 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2564 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2565
2566 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2567 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2568 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2569 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2570 will be used for their customary purpose.
2571
2572 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2573 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2574 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2575 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2576
2577 @itemize @minus
2578 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2579 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2580 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2581 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2582 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2583 switching data and direction as necessary
2584 @end itemize
2585
2586 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2587 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2588
2589 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2590 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2591 default values are used.
2592 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2593 @example
2594 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2595 @end example
2596 @end deffn
2597
2598 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2599 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2600 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2601 during device selection.
2602 @end deffn
2603
2604 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2605 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2606 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2607 is connected to the host.
2608 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2609 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2610 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2611 @end deffn
2612
2613 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2614 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2615 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2616 @end deffn
2617
2618 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2619 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2620 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2621 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2622 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2623 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2624 and initially asserted reset signals.
2625 @end deffn
2626
2627 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2628 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2629 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2630 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2631 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2632 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2633 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2634 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2635 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2636
2637 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2638 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2639 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2640 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2641 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2642 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2643
2644 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2645 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2646 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2647 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2648 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2649 are always driven by the FTDI.
2650 @end deffn
2651
2652 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2653 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2654 @itemize @minus
2655 @item @option{0}, drive low
2656 @item @option{1}, drive high
2657 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2658 @end itemize
2659 @end deffn
2660
2661 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2662 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2663 @end deffn
2664
2665 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2666 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2667 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2668 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2669
2670 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2671 processors which are being simulated.
2672
2673 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2674 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2675 sockets instead of TCP.
2676 @end deffn
2677
2678 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2679 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2680 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2681 @end deffn
2682
2683 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2684 something like:
2685
2686 @example
2687 interface remote_bitbang
2688 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2689 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2690 @end example
2691
2692 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2693 named mysocket:
2694
2695 @example
2696 interface remote_bitbang
2697 remote_bitbang_port 0
2698 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2699 @end example
2700 @end deffn
2701
2702 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2703 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2704 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2705 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2706
2707 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2708 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2709 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2710 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2711 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2712 @end deffn
2713
2714 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2715 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2716 default values are used.
2717 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2718 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2719 @example
2720 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2721 @end example
2722 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2723 @example
2724 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2725 @end example
2726 @end deffn
2727
2728 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2729 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2730 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2731 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2732
2733 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2734 @example
2735 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2736 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2737 @end example
2738 @end deffn
2739
2740 @end deffn
2741
2742 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2743 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2744 This has one driver-specific command:
2745
2746 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2747 Display either the address of the I/O port
2748 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2749 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2750 This is a write-once setting.
2751 @end deffn
2752 @end deffn
2753
2754 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2755 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2756
2757 @quotation Compatibility Note
2758 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2759 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2760 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2761 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2762 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2763 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2764 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2765 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2766 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2767 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2768 @end quotation
2769
2770 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2771 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2772 @end deffn
2773 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2774 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2775 @end deffn
2776 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2777 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2778 @end deffn
2779 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2780 Display the J-Link configuration.
2781 @end deffn
2782 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2783 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2784 @end deffn
2785 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2786 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2787 @end deffn
2788 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2789 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2790 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2791 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2792 @end deffn
2793 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2794 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2795 @end deffn
2796 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2797 Reset the current configuration.
2798 @end deffn
2799 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2800 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2801 @end deffn
2802 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2803 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2804 @end deffn
2805 @end deffn
2806
2807 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2808 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2809 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2810 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2811 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2812
2813 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2814 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2815 This is a write-once setting.
2816 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2817
2818 @itemize @minus
2819 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2820 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2821 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2822 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2823 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2824 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2825 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2826 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2827 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2828 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2829 some versions of
2830 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2831 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2832 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2833 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2834 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2835 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2836 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2837 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2838 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2839 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2840 @end itemize
2841 @end deffn
2842
2843 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2844 Display either the address of the I/O port
2845 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2846 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2847 This is a write-once setting.
2848
2849 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2850 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2851 you may encounter a problem.
2852 @end deffn
2853
2854 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2855 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2856 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2857 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2858 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2859 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2860
2861 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2862 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2863 @quotation Tip
2864 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2865 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2866 @example
2867 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2868 > adapter_khz 500
2869 @end example
2870 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2871 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2872 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2873 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2874 large set of samples.
2875 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2876 @example
2877 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2878 @end example
2879 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2880 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2881
2882 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2883 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2884 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2885 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2886 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2887 @end quotation
2888 @end deffn
2889
2890 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2891 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2892 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2893 @end deffn
2894
2895 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2896 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2897
2898 @example
2899 interface parport
2900 parport_port 0x278
2901 parport_cable wiggler
2902 @end example
2903 @end deffn
2904
2905 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2906 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2907 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2908 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2909 @end deffn
2910 @end deffn
2911
2912 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2913 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2914 @end deffn
2915
2916 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2917 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2918 @end deffn
2919
2920 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2921 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2922
2923 @quotation Note
2924 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2925 which are not currently documented here.
2926 @end quotation
2927 @end deffn
2928
2929 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
2930 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
2931 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
2932 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
2933
2934 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
2935
2936 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
2937 Currently Not Supported.
2938 @end deffn
2939
2940 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
2941 Currently Not Supported.
2942 @end deffn
2943
2944 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
2945 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
2946 @end deffn
2947
2948 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
2949 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
2950 @end deffn
2951
2952 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_api} api_level
2953 Manually sets the stlink api used, valid options are 1 or 2. (@b{STLINK Only}).
2954 @end deffn
2955 @end deffn
2956
2957 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
2958 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2959 @end deffn
2960
2961 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
2962 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
2963 @end deffn
2964
2965 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2966 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2967 @end deffn
2968
2969 @quotation Note
2970 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2971 which are not currently documented here.
2972 @end quotation
2973
2974 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2975 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2976 No arguments: print status.
2977 @end deffn
2978
2979 @section Transport Configuration
2980 @cindex Transport
2981 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2982 and the debug adapter you are using,
2983 several transports may be available to
2984 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2985 @deffn Command {transport list}
2986 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2987 version of OpenOCD.
2988 @end deffn
2989
2990 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2991 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2992 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2993 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2994 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2995 @end deffn
2996
2997 @subsection JTAG Transport
2998 @cindex JTAG
2999 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3000 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3001 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3002 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3003 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3004 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3005 @subsection SWD Transport
3006 @cindex SWD
3007 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3008 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3009 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3010 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3011 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3012 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3013 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3014 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3015 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3016 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3017 expected to change.
3018 @end deffn
3019 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3020 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3021 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3022 No parameters: displays current settings.
3023 @end deffn
3024
3025 @subsection SPI Transport
3026 @cindex SPI
3027 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3028 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3029 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3030 solution for flash programming.
3031
3032 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
3033 @section JTAG Speed
3034 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3035 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3036 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3037 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3038 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3039 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3040 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3041 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3042 power management software that may be active.
3043
3044 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3045 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3046 target event handler.
3047 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3048 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3049 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3050 sets up those clocks).
3051 @xref{Target Events}.
3052 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3053 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3054 in the target config file.
3055 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3056 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3057 config file instead.
3058 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3059 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3060 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3061
3062 @example
3063 jtag_rclk 3000
3064 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3065 @end example
3066
3067 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3068 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3069 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3070 may not be the fastest solution.
3071
3072 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3073 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3074 which support adaptive clocking.
3075
3076 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3077 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3078 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3079 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3080 than the speed specified.
3081
3082 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3083 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3084 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3085 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3086
3087 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3088 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
3089 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3090 JTAG clocking after setup.
3091 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3092 If the interface device can not
3093 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3094 @end deffn
3095
3096 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3097 @cindex adaptive clocking
3098 @cindex RTCK
3099 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3100 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3101 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3102 @example
3103 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3104 jtag_rclk 3000
3105 @end example
3106 @end defun
3107
3108 @node Reset Configuration
3109 @chapter Reset Configuration
3110 @cindex Reset Configuration
3111
3112 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3113 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3114 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3115 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3116 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
3117 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3118 Please see the various board files for examples.
3119
3120 @quotation Note
3121 To maintainers and integrators:
3122 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3123 Normally the board configuration file
3124 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3125 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3126
3127 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3128 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3129 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3130 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3131 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3132 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3133 @end quotation
3134
3135 @section Types of Reset
3136
3137 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3138 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3139 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3140
3141 @itemize @bullet
3142 @item
3143 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3144 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3145 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3146 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3147 @item
3148 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3149 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3150 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3151 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3152 @item
3153 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3154 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3155 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3156 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3157 @item
3158 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3159 several other types of reset.
3160 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3161 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3162 There may be individual module resets.
3163 @end itemize
3164
3165 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3166 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3167 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3168 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3169 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3170 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3171 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3172 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3173 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
3174
3175 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
3176 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3177
3178 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3179 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3180 common issues are:
3181
3182 @itemize @bullet
3183
3184 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3185 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3186 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3187 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3188 when either of those signals is not connected.
3189 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3190 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3191 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3192 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3193
3194 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3195 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3196 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3197 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3198
3199 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3200 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3201 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3202 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3203 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3204 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3205 hardware debouncing.
3206 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3207 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3208
3209 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3210 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3211 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3212 to use push/pull output drivers.
3213 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3214 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3215 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3216 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3217
3218 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3219 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3220 issues (not limited to errata).
3221 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3222 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3223 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3224 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3225 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3226 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3227 @end itemize
3228
3229 There can also be other issues.
3230 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3231 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3232 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3233 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3234 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3235 Agreement (NDA).
3236
3237 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3238 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3239 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3240
3241 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3242 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3243
3244 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3245
3246 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3247 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3248 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3249 allowing it to be deasserted.
3250 @end deffn
3251
3252 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3253 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3254 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3255 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3256 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3257 @end deffn
3258
3259 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3260 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3261 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3262 allowing it to be deasserted.
3263 @end deffn
3264
3265 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3266 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3267 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3268 @end deffn
3269
3270 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3271 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3272 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3273 configuration scripts.
3274
3275 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3276 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
3277 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3278 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3279 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3280 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3281 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3282 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3283
3284 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3285 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3286 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3287 -- may be specified at a time.
3288 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3289 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3290 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3291 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3292 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3293
3294 @itemize
3295 @item
3296 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3297 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3298 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3299 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3300 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3301
3302 @quotation Tip
3303 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3304 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3305 @end quotation
3306
3307 @item
3308 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3309 signal implementations.
3310 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3311 indicating everything behaves normally.
3312 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3313 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3314 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3315 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3316 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3317 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3318 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3319
3320 @item
3321 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3322 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3323 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3324 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3325 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3326 while SRST is asserted.
3327 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3328 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3329
3330 @item
3331 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3332 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3333 is required to use this option.
3334 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3335 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3336 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3337 be asserted before any target connection.
3338 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3339 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3340 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3341 @end itemize
3342
3343 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3344 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3345 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3346 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3347 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3348
3349 @itemize
3350 @item
3351 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3352 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3353 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3354 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3355
3356 @item
3357 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3358 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3359 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3360 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3361 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3362 @end itemize
3363 @end deffn
3364
3365 @section Custom Reset Handling
3366 @cindex events
3367
3368 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3369 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3370 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3371 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3372 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3373 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3374
3375 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3376 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3377 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3378 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3379 want to reset everything at once.
3380
3381 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3382 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3383 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3384 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3385 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3386 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3387 needs special attention.
3388
3389 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3390 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3391 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3392 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3393 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3394 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3395 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
3396 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3397
3398 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3399 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3400 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3401 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3402 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3403
3404 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3405 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3406 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3407 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3408 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3409 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3410 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3411 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3412 or potentially some other value.
3413
3414 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3415 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3416 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3417 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3418 (or their associated targets)
3419 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3420
3421 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3422 they return.
3423 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3424 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3425 @end deffn
3426
3427 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3428 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3429 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3430 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3431 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3432 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3433 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3434 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3435 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3436 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3437 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3438 @end deffn
3439
3440 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3441 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3442 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3443 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3444 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3445 @end deffn
3446
3447
3448 @node TAP Declaration
3449 @chapter TAP Declaration
3450 @cindex TAP declaration
3451 @cindex TAP configuration
3452
3453 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3454 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3455
3456 @itemize @bullet
3457 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3458 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3459 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3460 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3461 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3462 start running that code.
3463 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3464 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3465 and missing connections
3466 @end itemize
3467
3468 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3469 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3470 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3471 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3472 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3473
3474 @section Scan Chains
3475 @cindex scan chain
3476
3477 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3478 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3479 They also need to be added to
3480 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3481 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3482 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3483 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3484 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3485 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3486 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3487 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3488
3489 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3490 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3491 command, presented in the next chapter.
3492 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3493 debugging targets.)
3494 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3495
3496 @verbatim
3497 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3498 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3499 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3500 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3501 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3502 @end verbatim
3503
3504 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3505 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3506 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3507 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3508 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3509 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3510 until they are told to do so.
3511
3512 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3513 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3514 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3515 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3516
3517 @example
3518 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3519 @end example
3520
3521 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3522 by a given chip.
3523 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3524 and so forth.
3525 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3526 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3527 a single chip and between them.
3528 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3529
3530 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3531 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3532 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3533 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3534 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3535 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3536 includes commands something like this:
3537
3538 @example
3539 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3540 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3541 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3542 @end example
3543
3544 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3545 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3546 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3547
3548 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3549 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3550 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3551 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3552 @example
3553 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3554 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3555 @}
3556 @end example
3557 @end deffn
3558
3559 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3560 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3561 and their status.
3562 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3563 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3564 but systems with a JTAG router can
3565 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3566 @end deffn
3567
3568 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3569 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3570
3571 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3572 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3573
3574 @section TAP Names
3575 @cindex dotted name
3576
3577 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3578 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3579 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3580 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3581 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3582 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3583 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3584 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3585
3586 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3587 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3588 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3589
3590 @quotation Tip
3591 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3592 This feature is still present.
3593 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3594 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3595 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3596 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3597 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3598 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3599 @end quotation
3600
3601 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3602
3603 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3604 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3605 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3606 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3607 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3608
3609 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3610 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3611 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3612 overridable.
3613
3614 @cindex TAP naming convention
3615 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3616 and should follow this convention:
3617
3618 @itemize @bullet
3619 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3620 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3621 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3622 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3623 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3624 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3625 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3626 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3627 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3628 with a single TAP;
3629 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3630 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3631 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3632 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3633 @end itemize
3634
3635 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3636
3637 @itemize @bullet
3638 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3639 @*The length in bits of the
3640 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3641 @end itemize
3642
3643 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3644
3645 @itemize @bullet
3646 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3647 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3648 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3649 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3650 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3651 (the TAP is linked in).
3652 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3653 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3654 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3655 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3656 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3657 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3658 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3659 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3660 values that were found but not included in the list.
3661
3662 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3663 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3664 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3665 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3666 hardware to find these values.
3667 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3668 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3669 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3670 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3671 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3672 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3673 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3674 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3675 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3676 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3677 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3678 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3679 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3680 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3681 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3682 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3683 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3684 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3685 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3686 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3687 @end itemize
3688 @end deffn
3689
3690 @section Other TAP commands
3691
3692 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3693 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3694 At this writing this TAP attribute
3695 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3696 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3697 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3698 See the next section for information about the available events.
3699
3700 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3701 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3702 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3703 @end deffn
3704
3705 @anchor{TAP Events}
3706 @section TAP Events
3707 @cindex events
3708 @cindex TAP events
3709
3710 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3711 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3712 The other applies to debugger targets,
3713 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3714
3715 The TAP events currently defined are:
3716
3717 @itemize @bullet
3718 @item @b{post-reset}
3719 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3720 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3721 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3722 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3723 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3724
3725 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3726 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3727 of any particular target.
3728 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3729 @item @b{setup}
3730 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3731 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3732 @item @b{tap-disable}
3733 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3734 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3735 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3736 @item @b{tap-enable}
3737 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3738 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3739 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3740 @end itemize
3741
3742 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3743 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3744 contents to be accurate), you might:
3745
3746 @example
3747 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3748 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3749 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3750 @}
3751 @end example
3752
3753
3754 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3755 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3756 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3757 @cindex jrc
3758
3759 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3760 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3761 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3762 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3763 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3764
3765 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3766 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3767 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3768 be visible.
3769 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3770 ignores, such as:
3771
3772 @itemize
3773 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3774 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3775 TAPs receive new instructions.
3776 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3777 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3778 @end itemize
3779
3780 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3781 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3782 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3783 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3784
3785 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3786 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3787
3788 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3789 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3790 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3791 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3792 should define TAP event handlers using
3793 code that looks something like this:
3794
3795 @example
3796 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3797 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3798 @}
3799 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3800 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3801 @}
3802 @end example
3803
3804 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3805
3806 @example
3807 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3808 @end example
3809
3810 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3811 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3812 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3813 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3814
3815 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3816 If necessary, disables the tap
3817 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3818 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3819 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3820 and "0" if it is disabled.
3821 @end deffn
3822
3823 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3824 If necessary, enables the tap
3825 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3826 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3827 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3828 and "0" if it is disabled.
3829 @end deffn
3830
3831 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3832 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3833 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3834 and "0" if it is disabled.
3835
3836 @quotation Note
3837 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3838 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3839 @end quotation
3840 @end deffn
3841
3842 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3843 @section Autoprobing
3844 @cindex autoprobe
3845 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3846
3847 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3848 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3849 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3850 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3851
3852 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3853 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3854 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3855 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3856 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3857 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3858 right when they come out of reset).
3859
3860 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3861
3862 @example
3863 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3864 reset_config trst_and_srst
3865 jtag_rclk 8
3866 @end example
3867
3868 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3869 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3870
3871 @enumerate
3872 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3873 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3874 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3875 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3876 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3877 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3878 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3879 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3880 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3881 that is discovered.
3882 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3883 register, it will report it.
3884 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3885 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3886 @end enumerate
3887
3888 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3889 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3890 that's a bit more complex:
3891
3892 @example
3893 clock speed 8 kHz
3894 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3895 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3896 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3897 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3898 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3899 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3900 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3901 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3902 @end example
3903
3904 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3905 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3906 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3907 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3908 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3909 and so forth.
3910
3911 @node CPU Configuration
3912 @chapter CPU Configuration
3913 @cindex GDB target
3914
3915 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3916 You can also access these targets without GDB
3917 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3918 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3919 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3920 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3921
3922 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3923 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3924
3925 @section Target List
3926 @cindex target, current
3927 @cindex target, list
3928
3929 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3930 where each member has a name.
3931 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3932 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3933 (plural!) command.
3934 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3935 look like with more than one:
3936 @verbatim
3937 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3938 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3939 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3940 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3941 @end verbatim
3942
3943 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3944 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3945 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3946 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3947 space seen by that current target.
3948 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3949 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3950 are examples; and there are many more.
3951
3952 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3953
3954 @deffn Command {target count}
3955 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3956 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3957 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3958
3959 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3960 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3961 @example
3962 set c [target count]
3963 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3964 # Assuming you have created this function
3965 print_target_details $x
3966 @}
3967 @end example
3968 @end deffn
3969
3970 @deffn Command {target current}
3971 Returns the name of the current target.
3972 @end deffn
3973
3974 @deffn Command {target names}
3975 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3976 @example
3977 foreach t [target names] @{
3978 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3979 @}
3980 @end example
3981 @end deffn
3982
3983 @deffn Command {target number} number
3984 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3985 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3986
3987 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3988 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3989 @example
3990 set thename [target number $x]
3991 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3992 @end example
3993 @end deffn
3994
3995 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3996 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3997
3998 @deffn Command targets [name]
3999 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4000 command names are singular.}
4001
4002 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4003 targets in a user friendly form.
4004
4005 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4006 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4007 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4008 @end deffn
4009
4010 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4011 @cindex target type
4012 @cindex CPU type
4013 @cindex CPU variant
4014
4015 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4016 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4017 when calling @command{target create}.
4018 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4019 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4020 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4021 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4022 what core-specific commands may be available
4023 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4024 and more.
4025
4026 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4027 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4028 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4029 worked around in some chip versions.
4030
4031 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4032 since there's a command to list them.
4033 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4034 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4035
4036 @anchor{target types}
4037 @deffn Command {target types}
4038 Lists all supported target types.
4039 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4040
4041 @itemize @bullet
4042 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4043 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4044 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4045 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4046 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4047 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4048 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4049 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4050 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4051 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4052 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4053 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4054 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4055 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4056 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4057 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4058 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4059 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4060 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4061 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4062 There are several variants defined:
4063 @itemize @minus
4064 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4065 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4066 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4067 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4068 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4069 @end itemize
4070 @end itemize
4071 @end deffn
4072
4073 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4074 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4075 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4076 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4077 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4078 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4079 reflect design generations;
4080 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4081 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4082
4083 @anchor{Target Configuration}
4084 @section Target Configuration
4085
4086 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4087 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4088 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4089 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4090 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4091
4092 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4093 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4094 optional parts.
4095 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4096 command, created as part of target creation.
4097
4098 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4099 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4100 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4101 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
4102 to be much more board-specific.
4103 The key steps you use might look something like this
4104
4105 @example
4106 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
4107 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4108 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4109 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4110 @end example
4111
4112 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4113 on-chip SRAM.
4114 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4115 writes to target memory;
4116 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4117 GDB memory checksumming;
4118 and more.
4119
4120 @quotation Warning
4121 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4122 inaccessible when application code
4123 (such as an operating system)
4124 enables or disables the MMU.
4125 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4126 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4127 easy access to other addresses needed.
4128 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4129 @end quotation
4130
4131 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4132 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4133 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4134 controllers.
4135 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4136 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4137 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4138
4139 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4140 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4141 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4142 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4143 purposes including additional configuration.
4144
4145 @itemize @bullet
4146 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4147 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4148 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4149 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4150
4151 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4152 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4153 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4154 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
4155 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4156 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4157 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4158 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4159
4160 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4161 @end itemize
4162 @end deffn
4163
4164 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4165 The options accepted by this command may also be
4166 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4167 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4168 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4169
4170 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4171 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4172 and changing its endianness or variant.
4173
4174 @itemize @bullet
4175
4176 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4177 used to access this target.
4178
4179 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4180 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4181
4182 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4183 @xref{Target Events}.
4184 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4185 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4186 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4187 same event name assigns only one handler.
4188
4189 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4190 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4191
4192 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4193 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4194 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4195 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4196 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4197 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4198 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4199
4200 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4201 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4202 or virtual address is being used.
4203
4204 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4205 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4206
4207 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4208 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4209 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4210 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4211 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4212
4213 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4214 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4215 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}.
4216
4217 @end itemize
4218 @end deffn
4219
4220 @section Other $target_name Commands
4221 @cindex object command
4222
4223 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4224 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4225
4226 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4227 Once a button is created a button
4228 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4229 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4230 configure it like this:
4231
4232 @example
4233 # Create
4234 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4235 # Modify
4236 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4237 # Query
4238 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4239 # Report
4240 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4241 @end example
4242
4243 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4244 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4245
4246 @example
4247 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4248 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4249 @end example
4250
4251 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4252
4253 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4254 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4255 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4256 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4257 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4258 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4259 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4260 They are not otherwise documented here.
4261 @end deffn
4262
4263 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4264 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4265 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4266 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4267 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4268 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4269 the target side uses raw memory.
4270
4271 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4272 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4273 The script orientation comes from working with data
4274 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4275 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4276 and neither store nor return those values.
4277
4278 @itemize
4279 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4280 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4281 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4282 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4283 @end itemize
4284 @end deffn
4285
4286 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4287 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4288 @command{$target_name configure}
4289 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4290 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4291 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4292 There are a few special cases:
4293
4294 @itemize @bullet
4295 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4296 event named @var{event_name}.
4297 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4298 two parameters.
4299 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4300 This is a special case because this is set using
4301 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4302 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4303 @end itemize
4304
4305 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4306 all the targets you might use something like this:
4307
4308 @example
4309 foreach name [target names] @{
4310 set y [$name cget -endian]
4311 set z [$name cget -type]
4312 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4313 $x $name $y $z]
4314 @}
4315 @end example
4316 @end deffn
4317
4318 @anchor{target curstate}
4319 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4320 Displays the current target state:
4321 @code{debug-running},
4322 @code{halted},
4323 @code{reset},
4324 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4325 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
4326 @end deffn
4327
4328 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4329 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4330 currently associated with this target.
4331 @xref{Target Events}.
4332 @end deffn
4333
4334 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4335 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4336 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4337 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4338 @end deffn
4339
4340 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4341 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4342 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4343 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4344 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4345 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4346 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4347 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4348 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4349 @end deffn
4350
4351 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4352 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4353 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4354 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4355 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4356 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4357 @end deffn
4358
4359 @anchor{Target Events}
4360 @section Target Events
4361 @cindex target events
4362 @cindex events
4363 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4364 For example:
4365 @itemize @bullet
4366 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4367 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4368 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4369 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4370 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4371 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4372 to set up system clocks or
4373 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4374 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4375 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4376 @end itemize
4377
4378 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4379 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4380 @command{target create ... -event}.
4381
4382 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4383 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4384 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4385
4386 @example
4387 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4388 echo "Reset..."
4389 reset halt
4390 @}
4391 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4392 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4393 echo "Reset..."
4394 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4395 reset init
4396 @}
4397 @end example
4398
4399 The following target events are defined:
4400
4401 @itemize @bullet
4402 @item @b{debug-halted}
4403 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4404 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4405 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4406 @item @b{early-halted}
4407 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4408 @item @b{examine-start}
4409 @* Before target examine is called.
4410 @item @b{examine-end}
4411 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4412 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4413 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4414 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4415 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4416 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4417 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4418 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4419 @* When GDB disconnects
4420 @item @b{gdb-end}
4421 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4422 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4423 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4424 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4425 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4426 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4427 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4428 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4429 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4430 @item @b{gdb-start}
4431 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4432 @item @b{halted}
4433 @* The target has halted
4434 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4435 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4436 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4437 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4438 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4439 @item @b{reset-assert}
4440 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4441 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4442 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4443 it instead of asserting SRST.
4444 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4445 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4446 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4447 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4448 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4449 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4450 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4451 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4452 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4453 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4454 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4455 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4456 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4457 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4458 released on the scan chain.
4459 @item @b{reset-end}
4460 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4461 @ignore
4462 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4463 @* Currently not used
4464 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4465 @* Currently not used
4466 @end ignore
4467 @item @b{reset-init}
4468 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4469 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4470
4471 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4472 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4473 multiplexing, and so on.
4474 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4475 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4476 @item @b{reset-start}
4477 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4478 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4479
4480 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4481 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4482 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4483 @ignore
4484 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4485 @* Currently not used
4486 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4487 @* Currently not used
4488 @end ignore
4489 @item @b{resume-start}
4490 @* Before any target is resumed
4491 @item @b{resume-end}
4492 @* After all targets have resumed
4493 @item @b{resumed}
4494 @* Target has resumed
4495 @end itemize
4496
4497 @node Flash Commands
4498 @chapter Flash Commands
4499
4500 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4501 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4502 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4503 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4504 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4505 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4506 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4507 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4508 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4509
4510 Flash Steps:
4511 @enumerate
4512 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4513 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4514 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4515 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4516 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4517 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4518 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4519 @item GDB Flashing
4520 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4521 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4522 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4523 @end enumerate
4524
4525 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4526 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4527 so that it can't boot.
4528 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4529 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4530
4531 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4532 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4533 @cindex flash configuration
4534
4535 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4536 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4537 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4538 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4539 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4540 see the driver-specific documentation.
4541
4542 @itemize @bullet
4543 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4544 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4545 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4546 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4547 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4548 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4549 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4550 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4551 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4552 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4553 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4554 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4555 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4556 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4557 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4558 commands to the flash controller.
4559 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4560 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4561 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4562 for more information.
4563 @end itemize
4564 @quotation Note
4565 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4566 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4567 @end quotation
4568 @end deffn
4569
4570 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4571 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4572 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4573 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4574 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4575 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4576 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4577 @end deffn
4578
4579 @deffn Command {flash list}
4580 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4581 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4582 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4583 @end deffn
4584
4585 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4586 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4587 depends on the flash type.
4588 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4589 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4590 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4591 but most don't bother.
4592 @end deffn
4593
4594 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4595 @cindex flash erasing
4596 @cindex flash reading
4597 @cindex flash writing
4598 @cindex flash programming
4599
4600 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4601 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4602 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4603 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4604 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4605
4606 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4607 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4608 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4609 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4610 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4611
4612 @quotation Note
4613 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4614 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4615 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4616 back to a flash bank.
4617 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4618 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4619 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4620 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4621 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4622 @end quotation
4623
4624 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4625 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4626 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4627 disabled first.
4628 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4629 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4630 @xref{flash protect}.
4631
4632 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4633 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4634 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4635 up to and including @var{last}.
4636 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4637 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4638 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4639 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4640 @end deffn
4641
4642 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4643 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4644 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4645 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4646 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4647 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4648 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4649 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4650 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4651 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4652 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4653 before erase starts.
4654 @end deffn
4655
4656 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4657 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4658 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4659 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4660 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4661 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4662 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4663 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4664 before issuing this command.
4665 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4666 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4667 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4668 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4669 @end deffn
4670 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4671
4672 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4673 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4674 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4675 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4676 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4677 @end deffn
4678
4679 @anchor{flash write_image}
4680 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4681 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4682 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4683 to the base address for each section in the image.
4684 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4685 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4686 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4687 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4688 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4689 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4690 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4691 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4692 each image section.
4693
4694 @quotation Warning
4695 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4696 data you want to preserve.
4697 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4698 sections might be erased with no notice.
4699 @itemize
4700 @item
4701 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4702 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4703 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4704 @item
4705 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4706 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4707 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4708 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4709 @end itemize
4710 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4711 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4712 @end quotation
4713
4714 @end deffn
4715
4716 @section Other Flash commands
4717 @cindex flash protection
4718
4719 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4720 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4721 and display that status.
4722 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4723 @end deffn
4724
4725 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4726 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4727 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4728 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4729 and possibly stale information.
4730 @end deffn
4731
4732 @anchor{flash protect}
4733 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4734 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4735 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4736 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4737 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4738 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4739 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4740 @end deffn
4741
4742 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4743 @section Flash Driver List
4744 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4745 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4746 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4747
4748 @subsection External Flash
4749
4750 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4751 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4752 @cindex CFI
4753 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4754 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4755 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4756 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4757 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4758 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4759 configure a bus and its timings), or
4760 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4761 on the flash chip.
4762 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4763 speed up operation.
4764
4765 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4766
4767 @itemize
4768 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4769 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4770 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4771 @end itemize
4772
4773 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4774 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4775
4776 @example
4777 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4778 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4779 @end example
4780
4781 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4782 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4783 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4784
4785 @example
4786 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4787 @end example
4788
4789 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4790 @end deffn
4791
4792 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4793 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4794 @cindex SPIFI
4795 @cindex lpcspifi
4796 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4797 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4798 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4799
4800 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4801 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4802 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4803 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4804 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4805
4806 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4807 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4808 are configured by the driver.
4809
4810 @example
4811 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4812 @end example
4813
4814 @end deffn
4815
4816 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4817 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4818 @cindex SMI
4819 @cindex stmsmi
4820 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4821 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4822 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4823 SPI flash devices.
4824 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4825 flash devices can be connected.
4826
4827 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4828 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4829 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4830 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4831 the flash content.
4832
4833 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4834 to identify the memory bank.
4835 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4836 flash size, are detected automatically.
4837
4838 @example
4839 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4840 @end example
4841
4842 @end deffn
4843
4844 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4845
4846 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4847 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4848 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4849 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4850 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4851 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4852
4853 @example
4854 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4855 @end example
4856 @end deffn
4857
4858 @anchor{at91sam3}
4859 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4860 @cindex at91sam3
4861 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4862 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4863 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4864 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4865 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4866 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4867 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4868 chips are confirmed.}
4869
4870 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4871 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4872 the following fixed locations:
4873
4874 @example
4875 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4876 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4877 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4878 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4879 @end example
4880
4881 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4882 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4883 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4884
4885 @itemize
4886 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4887 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4888 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4889 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4890 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4891 @end itemize
4892
4893 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4894
4895 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4896 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4897 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4898 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4899 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4900 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4901 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4902
4903 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4904 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4908 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4909 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4910 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4911 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4912 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4913 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4914 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4915 @end deffn
4916
4917 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4918 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4919 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4920 @end deffn
4921 @end deffn
4922
4923 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
4924 @cindex at91sam4
4925 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
4926 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
4927 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
4928 @end deffn
4929
4930 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4931 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4932 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4933 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4934 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4935
4936 @example
4937 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4938 @end example
4939
4940 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4941 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4942
4943 @itemize
4944 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4945 @item @var{banks}
4946 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4947 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4948 @item @var{pages_size}
4949 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4950 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4951 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4952 @end itemize
4953
4954 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4955 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4956 will be autoconfigured.
4957 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4958
4959 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4960 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4961 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4962 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4963 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4964
4965 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4966 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4967 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4968 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4969 are not truly general purpose).
4970 @quotation Note
4971 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4972 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4973 @end quotation
4974 @end deffn
4975 @end deffn
4976
4977 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4978 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4979 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4980 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4981 @end deffn
4982
4983 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
4984 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
4985 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
4986 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
4987 autoconfigures itself.
4988 @example
4989 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4990 @end example
4991 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
4992 supported.}
4993 @end deffn
4994
4995 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4996 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4997 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4998
4999 @quotation Note
5000 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5001 driver:
5002 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5003 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5004 @end quotation
5005
5006 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5007 which must appear in the following order:
5008
5009 @itemize
5010 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5011 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5012 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5013 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5014 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5015 at which the core is running
5016 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5017 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5018 @quotation Note
5019 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5020 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5021 However, if you do provide it,
5022 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5023 @end quotation
5024 @end itemize
5025
5026 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5027
5028 @example
5029 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5030 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5031 @end example
5032
5033 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5034 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5035 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5036 @end deffn
5037 @end deffn
5038
5039 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5040 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5041 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5042 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5043 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5044 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5045
5046 @example
5047 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5048 @end example
5049 @end deffn
5050
5051 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5052 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5053 from NXP.
5054
5055 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5056 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5057 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5058 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5059 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5060 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5061 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5062 you start the PLL.
5063
5064 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5065
5066 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5067 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5068 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5069
5070 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5071 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5072 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5073 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5074 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5075 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5076 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5077
5078 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5079 @example
5080 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5081 @end example
5082
5083 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5084 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5085 @code{flash banks} command.
5086
5087 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5088 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5089 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5090 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5091 a known signature.
5092 Example:
5093 @example
5094 lpc2900 signature 0
5095 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5096 @end example
5097 @end deffn
5098
5099 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5100 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5101 saves it to a file in binary format.
5102 Example:
5103 @example
5104 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5105 @end example
5106 @end deffn
5107
5108 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5109 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5110 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5111 command:
5112
5113 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5114 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5115 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5116 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5117
5118 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5119 Example:
5120 @example
5121 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5122 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5123 @end example
5124 @end deffn
5125
5126 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5127 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5128 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5129 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5130 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5131 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5132 912 bytes.
5133 @quotation Attention
5134 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5135 @end quotation
5136 Example:
5137 @example
5138 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5139 @end example
5140 @end deffn
5141
5142 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5143 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5144 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5145 after the next power cycle.
5146 @quotation Attention
5147 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5148 @end quotation
5149 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5150 Example:
5151 @example
5152 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5153 flash info 0
5154 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5155 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5156 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5157 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5158 @end example
5159 @end deffn
5160
5161 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5162 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5163 effective after the next power cycle.
5164 @quotation Attention
5165 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5166 @end quotation
5167 Examples:
5168 @example
5169 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5170 @end example
5171 @end deffn
5172 @end deffn
5173
5174 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5175 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5176
5177 @example
5178 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5179 @end example
5180 @end deffn
5181
5182 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5183 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5184 and integrate flash memory.
5185
5186 @example
5187 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5188 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5189 @end example
5190
5191 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5192 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5193 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5194 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5195 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5196 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5197 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5198 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5199 @end deffn
5200 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5201 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5202 This will remove any Code Protection.
5203 @end deffn
5204 @end deffn
5205
5206 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5207 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5208 Texas Instruments
5209 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5210 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5211 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5212 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5213 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5214 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5215
5216 @example
5217 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5218 @end example
5219
5220 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5221 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5222 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5223 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5224 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5225 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5226
5227 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5228 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5229 @quotation Warning
5230 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5231 applied to all of them.
5232 @end quotation
5233 @end deffn
5234 @end deffn
5235
5236 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5237 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5238 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5239 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5240 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5241
5242 @example
5243 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5244 @end example
5245
5246 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5247 as per the following example.
5248 @example
5249 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5250 @end example
5251
5252 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5253 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5254 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5255 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5256 are defined:
5257
5258 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5259 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5260 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5261 @end deffn
5262
5263 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5264 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5265 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5266 @end deffn
5267
5268 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5269 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5270 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5271 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5272 @end deffn
5273
5274 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5275 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5276 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5277 @end deffn
5278 @end deffn
5279
5280 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5281 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5282 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5283 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5284 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5285
5286 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5287
5288 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5289 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5290 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5291 @end deffn
5292
5293 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5294 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5295 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5296 @end deffn
5297 @end deffn
5298
5299 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5300 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5301 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5302 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5303 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5304
5305 @example
5306 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5307 @end example
5308
5309 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5310 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5311 for the specified flash bank.
5312 @end deffn
5313 @end deffn
5314
5315 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5316 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5317 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5318 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5319 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5320
5321 @example
5322 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5323 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5324 @end example
5325
5326 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5327 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5328 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5329
5330 @itemize @bullet
5331 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5332 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5333 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5334 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5335 @end itemize
5336 @end deffn
5337
5338 @end deffn
5339
5340 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5341 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5342 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5343 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5344
5345 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5346
5347 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5348 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5349 @end deffn
5350
5351 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5352 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5353 @end deffn
5354
5355 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5356 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5357 the flash clock.
5358 @end deffn
5359 @end deffn
5360
5361 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5362 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5363 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5364
5365 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5366
5367 @itemize
5368 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5369 @end itemize
5370
5371 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5372 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5373 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5374 @example
5375 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5376 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5377 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5378 @end example
5379 @end deffn
5380
5381 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5382 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5383 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5384 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5385 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5386 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5387 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5388
5389 @example
5390 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5391 @end example
5392 @end deffn
5393
5394 @subsection str9xpec driver
5395 @cindex str9xpec
5396
5397 Here is some background info to help
5398 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5399 the str9:
5400 @enumerate
5401 @item
5402 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5403 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5404 @item
5405 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5406 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5407 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5408 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5409 @end enumerate
5410
5411 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5412 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5413 configured for flash bank 0.
5414 @example
5415 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5416 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5417 jtag_reset 0 1
5418 # turn off target polling
5419 poll off
5420 # disable str9 core
5421 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5422 # read option bytes
5423 str9xpec options_read 0
5424 # re-enable str9 core
5425 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5426 poll on
5427 reset halt
5428 @end example
5429 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5430 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5431 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5432 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5433
5434 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5435 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5436 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5437 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5438 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5439
5440 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5441
5442 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5443 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5444 @end deffn
5445
5446 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5447 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5448 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5449 @end deffn
5450
5451 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5452 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5453 erase the device.
5454 @end deffn
5455
5456 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5457 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5458 @end deffn
5459
5460 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5461 Configure str9 boot bank.
5462 @end deffn
5463
5464 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5465 Configure str9 lvd source.
5466 @end deffn
5467
5468 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5469 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5470 @end deffn
5471
5472 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5473 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5474 @end deffn
5475
5476 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5477 Read str9 option bytes.
5478 @end deffn
5479
5480 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5481 Write str9 option bytes.
5482 @end deffn
5483
5484 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5485 unlock str9 device.
5486 @end deffn
5487
5488 @end deffn
5489
5490
5491 @section mFlash
5492
5493 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5494 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5495
5496 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5497 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5498 address @var{base}.
5499 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5500 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5501
5502 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5503
5504 @example
5505 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5506 @end example
5507
5508 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5509
5510 @example
5511 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5512 @end example
5513 @end deffn
5514
5515 @subsection mFlash commands
5516 @cindex mFlash commands
5517
5518 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5519 Configure mflash PLL.
5520 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5521 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5522 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5523 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5524 @end deffn
5525
5526 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5527 Configure bootable option.
5528 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5529 (4kB) for boot.
5530 @end deffn
5531
5532 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5533 Configure storage information.
5534 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5535 written.
5536 @end deffn
5537
5538 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5539 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5540 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5541 @end deffn
5542
5543 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5544 Probe mflash.
5545 @end deffn
5546
5547 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5548 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5549 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5550 @end deffn
5551
5552 @node NAND Flash Commands
5553 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5554 @cindex NAND
5555
5556 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5557 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5558 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5559
5560 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5561 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5562 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5563 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5564 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5565 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5566
5567 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5568 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5569 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5570 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5571 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5572 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5573 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5574 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5575 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5576 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5577
5578 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5579 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5580 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5581 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5582 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5583 every 512 bytes of data.
5584
5585 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5586 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5587 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5588 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5589 ECC mode is used.
5590
5591 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5592 @enumerate
5593 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5594 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5595 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5596 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5597 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5598 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5599 to access that device.
5600 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5601 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5602 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5603 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5604 de-brick a board.
5605 @end enumerate
5606
5607 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5608 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5609 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5610 are only 32 bits wide.
5611 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5612 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5613 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5614 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5615
5616 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5617 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5618 @cindex NAND configuration
5619
5620 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5621 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5622 OpenOCD has initialized.
5623
5624 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5625 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5626 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5627 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5628 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5629 they were a single (larger) device.
5630 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5631 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5632
5633 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5634 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5635 configuration files, not interactively.
5636
5637 @itemize @bullet
5638 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5639 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5640 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5641 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5642 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5643 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5644 commands to the NAND controller.
5645 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5646 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5647 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5648 for more information.
5649 @end itemize
5650 @end deffn
5651
5652 @deffn Command {nand list}
5653 Prints a summary of each device declared
5654 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5655 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5656 @example
5657 > nand list
5658 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5659 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5660 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5661 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5662 >
5663 @end example
5664 @end deffn
5665
5666 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5667 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5668 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5669 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5670 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5671 it with most other NAND commands.
5672 @end deffn
5673
5674 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5675
5676 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5677 @cindex NAND reading
5678 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5679 starting at the specified offset.
5680 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5681
5682 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5683 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5684
5685 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5686 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5687 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5688
5689 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5690 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5691 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5692 method which handled that error correction.
5693
5694 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5695 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5696 @itemize @bullet
5697 @item no oob_* parameter
5698 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5699 @item @code{oob_raw}
5700 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5701 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5702 spare areas associated with each data page.
5703 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5704 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5705 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5706 @item @code{oob_only}
5707 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5708 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5709 spare areas associated with each data page.
5710 @end itemize
5711 @end deffn
5712
5713 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5714 @cindex NAND erasing
5715 @cindex NAND programming
5716 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5717 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5718 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5719 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5720 If those parameters are not specified,
5721 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5722 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5723
5724 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5725 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5726 block marker.
5727 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5728 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5729 @end deffn
5730
5731 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5732 @cindex NAND writing
5733 @cindex NAND programming
5734 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5735 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5736 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5737 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5738
5739 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5740 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5741
5742 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5743 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5744 past the end of the device.
5745 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5746 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5747 if that's being written.)
5748
5749 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5750 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5751 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5752
5753 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5754 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5755 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5756 @itemize @bullet
5757 @item no oob_* parameter
5758 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5759 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5760 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5761 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5762 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5763 @item @code{oob_only}
5764 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5765 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5766 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5767 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5768 @item @code{oob_raw}
5769 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5770 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5771 un-altered OOB.
5772 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5773 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5774 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5775 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5776 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5777 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5778 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5779 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5780 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5781 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5782 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5783 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5784 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5785 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5786 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5787 @end itemize
5788 @end deffn
5789
5790 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5791 @cindex NAND verification
5792 @cindex NAND programming
5793 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5794 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5795 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5796
5797 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5798 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5799
5800 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5801 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5802 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5803 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5804 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5805
5806 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5807 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5808 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5809
5810 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5811 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5812 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5813 be removed in a future release.
5814 @end deffn
5815
5816 @section Other NAND commands
5817 @cindex NAND other commands
5818
5819 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5820 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5821 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5822 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5823 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5824 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5825 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5826 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5827
5828 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5829 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5830 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5831 @end deffn
5832
5833 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5834 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5835 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5836 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5837 status for each block.
5838 @end deffn
5839
5840 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5841 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5842 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5843
5844 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5845 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5846 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5847 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5848 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5849
5850 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5851 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5852 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5853 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5854 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5855 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5856 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5857 @end deffn
5858
5859 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5860 @section NAND Driver List
5861 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5862 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5863 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5864
5865 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5866 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5867 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5868 address of the ECC controller.
5869 @example
5870 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5871 @end example
5872 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5873 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5874 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5875 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5876 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5877 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5878 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5879 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5880 @end deffn
5881 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5882 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5883 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5884 @end deffn
5885
5886 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5887 properly configured for input or output.
5888 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5889 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5890 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5891 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5892 @end deffn
5893 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5894 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5895 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5896 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5897 @end deffn
5898 @end deffn
5899
5900 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5901 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5902 chips from Texas Instruments.
5903 It takes three extra parameters:
5904 address of the NAND chip;
5905 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5906 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5907 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5908 @example
5909 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5910 @end example
5911 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5912 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5913 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5914 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5915 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5916 @end deffn
5917
5918 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5919 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5920 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5921 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5922 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5923 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5924 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5925 @end deffn
5926
5927 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5928 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5929 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5930 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5931 @end deffn
5932 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5933
5934 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
5935 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
5936 should work for this chip aswell.
5937 @end deffn
5938
5939 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
5940 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
5941 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
5942 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
5943 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
5944 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
5945 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
5946 @example
5947 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
5948 @end example
5949 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
5950 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
5951 without parameter query status.
5952 @end deffn
5953 @end deffn
5954
5955 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5956 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5957 parameter: the address of the controller.
5958 @example
5959 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5960 @end example
5961 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5962 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5963 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5964 change any behavior.
5965 @end deffn
5966
5967 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5968 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5969 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5970 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5971 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5972 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5973 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5974 specialized commands.
5975 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5976 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5977 change any behavior.
5978 @end deffn
5979
5980 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5981 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5982 @cindex PLD
5983 @cindex FPGA
5984
5985 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5986 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5987 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5988 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5989 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5990 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5991 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5992
5993 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5994
5995 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5996 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5997 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5998
5999 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6000 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6001
6002 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6003 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6004 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6005 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6006 behavior.
6007 @end deffn
6008
6009 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6010 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6011 @end deffn
6012
6013 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6014 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6015 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6016 @end deffn
6017
6018 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6019
6020 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6021 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6022 that particular type of PLD.
6023
6024 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6025 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6026 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6027 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6028 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6029
6030 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6031 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6032 for FPGA @var{num}.
6033 @end deffn
6034 @end deffn
6035
6036 @node General Commands
6037 @chapter General Commands
6038 @cindex commands
6039
6040 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6041 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6042 commands are documented elsewhere.
6043
6044 Intent:
6045 @itemize @bullet
6046 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6047 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6048 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6049 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6050
6051 @item @b{From the human}
6052 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6053 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6054
6055 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6056 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6057 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6058
6059 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6060 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6061 port is 5555.
6062 @end itemize
6063
6064
6065 @section Daemon Commands
6066
6067 @deffn {Command} exit
6068 Exits the current telnet session.
6069 @end deffn
6070
6071 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6072 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6073 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6074 Not every command provides helptext.
6075
6076 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6077 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6078 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6079 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6080 @end deffn
6081
6082 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6083 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6084 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6085 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6086 Useful in connection with script files
6087 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6088 @end deffn
6089
6090 @deffn Command shutdown
6091 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6092 @end deffn
6093
6094 @anchor{debug_level}
6095 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6096 @cindex message level
6097 Display debug level.
6098 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6099 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6100 Level 0 is error messages only;
6101 level 1 adds warnings;
6102 level 2 adds informational messages;
6103 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6104 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6105 the command line along with the location of that log
6106 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6107 @xref{Running}.
6108 @end deffn
6109
6110 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6111 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6112 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6113 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6114 @example
6115 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6116 @end example
6117 @end deffn
6118
6119 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6120 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6121 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6122 @end deffn
6123
6124 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6125 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6126 @end deffn
6127
6128 @anchor{Target State handling}
6129 @section Target State handling
6130 @cindex reset
6131 @cindex halt
6132 @cindex target initialization
6133
6134 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6135 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6136 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6137 a current target which is used to perform the
6138 various operations. The current target may be changed
6139 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6140 target which should become current.
6141
6142 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
6143 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6144 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6145 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6146 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6147
6148 @emph{With no arguments}:
6149 list all available registers for the current target,
6150 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6151 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6152 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6153 are flagged as such.
6154
6155 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6156
6157 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6158 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6159 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6160 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6161 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6162 relevant module will flush such values.
6163
6164 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6165 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6166
6167 @example
6168 > reg
6169 ===== ARM registers
6170 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6171 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6172 (2) r2 (/32)
6173 ...
6174 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6175 >
6176 @end example
6177 @end deffn
6178
6179 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6180 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6181 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6182 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6183 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6184 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6185 (and enter debug mode).
6186 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6187
6188 @quotation Warning
6189 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6190 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6191 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6192 power mode by gating the core clock;
6193 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6194
6195 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6196 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6197 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6198 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6199 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6200 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6201
6202 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6203 work with a JTAG debugger.
6204 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6205 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6206 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6207 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6208 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6209 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6210 @end quotation
6211
6212 @end deffn
6213
6214 @deffn Command resume [address]
6215 Resume the target at its current code position,
6216 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6217 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6218 @end deffn
6219
6220 @deffn Command step [address]
6221 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6222 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6223 @end deffn
6224
6225 @anchor{Reset Command}
6226 @deffn Command reset
6227 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6228 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6229 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6230 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6231 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6232 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6233
6234 The optional parameter specifies what should
6235 happen after the reset.
6236 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6237 The other options will not work on all systems.
6238 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6239
6240 @itemize @minus
6241 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6242 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6243 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6244 @end itemize
6245 @end deffn
6246
6247 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6248 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6249 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6250 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6251 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6252 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6253 state.
6254 @end deffn
6255
6256 @section I/O Utilities
6257
6258 These commands are available when
6259 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6260 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6261 notably the ZY1000.
6262 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6263
6264 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6265
6266 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6267 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6268 the text file @file{filename}.
6269 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6270 The last string is followed by a newline.
6271 @end deffn
6272
6273 @deffn Command cat filename
6274 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6275 @end deffn
6276
6277 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6278 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6279 into @file{dest_filename}.
6280 @end deffn
6281
6282 @deffn Command ip
6283 @emph{No description provided.}
6284 @end deffn
6285
6286 @deffn Command ls
6287 @emph{No description provided.}
6288 @end deffn
6289
6290 @deffn Command mac
6291 @emph{No description provided.}
6292 @end deffn
6293
6294 @deffn Command meminfo
6295 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6296 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6297 @end deffn
6298
6299 @deffn Command peek
6300 @emph{No description provided.}
6301 @end deffn
6302
6303 @deffn Command poke
6304 @emph{No description provided.}
6305 @end deffn
6306
6307 @deffn Command rm filename
6308 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6309 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6310 @end deffn
6311
6312 @deffn Command trunc filename
6313 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6314 @end deffn
6315
6316 @anchor{Memory access}
6317 @section Memory access commands
6318 @cindex memory access
6319
6320 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6321 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6322 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6323 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6324
6325 @enumerate
6326 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6327 to change the current target.
6328 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6329 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6330 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6331 @end enumerate
6332
6333 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6334 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6335 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6336 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6337 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6338 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6339 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6340 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6341 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6342 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6343 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6344 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6345 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6346 @end deffn
6347
6348 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6349 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6350 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6351 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6352 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6353 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6354 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6355 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6356 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6357 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6358 @end deffn
6359
6360
6361 @anchor{Image access}
6362 @section Image loading commands
6363 @cindex image loading
6364 @cindex image dumping
6365
6366 @anchor{dump_image}
6367 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6368 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6369 binary file named @var{filename}.
6370 @end deffn
6371
6372 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6373 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6374 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6375 @end deffn
6376
6377 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6378 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6379 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6380 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6381 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6382 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6383 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6384 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6385 separately.
6386 @end deffn
6387
6388 @anchor{load_image}
6389 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6390 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6391 The file format may optionally be specified
6392 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6393 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6394 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6395 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6396 @example
6397 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6398 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6399 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6400 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6401 @}
6402 @end example
6403 @end deffn
6404
6405 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6406 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6407 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6408 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6409 The file format may optionally be specified
6410 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6411 @end deffn
6412
6413 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6414 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6415 The file format may optionally be specified
6416 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6417 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6418 @end deffn
6419
6420
6421 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6422 @cindex breakpoint
6423 @cindex watchpoint
6424
6425 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6426 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6427 watchpoints.
6428 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6429
6430 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6431 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6432 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6433 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6434 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6435 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6436
6437 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
6438 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6439 @end deffn
6440
6441 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6442 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6443 @end deffn
6444
6445 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6446 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6447 @end deffn
6448
6449 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6450 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6451 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6452 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6453 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6454 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6455 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6456 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6457 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6458 @end deffn
6459
6460 @section Misc Commands
6461
6462 @cindex profiling
6463 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6464 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6465 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6466 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6467 @end deffn
6468
6469 @deffn Command {version}
6470 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6471 @end deffn
6472
6473 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6474 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6475 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6476 @end deffn
6477
6478 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6479 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6480 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6481 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6482
6483 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6484 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6485 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6486 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6487
6488 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6489 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6490 @cindex tracing
6491 @cindex ETM
6492 @cindex ETB
6493
6494 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6495 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6496 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6497
6498 @itemize
6499 @item
6500 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6501 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6502 supports such an interface.
6503 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6504 and trace port support.)
6505 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6506 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6507 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6508 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6509 in the board-specific configuration file.
6510 @item
6511 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6512 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6513 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6514 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6515 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6516 @end itemize
6517
6518 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6519
6520 @quotation Issues
6521 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6522 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6523
6524 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6525 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6526 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6527 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6528 dummy trace port driver}.
6529
6530 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6531 as well as tracing only during specific states
6532 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6533
6534 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6535 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6536 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6537 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6538 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6539
6540 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6541 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6542 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6543 this original style of JTAG access.
6544 @end quotation
6545
6546 @subsection ETM Configuration
6547 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6548
6549 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6550 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6551 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6552
6553 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6554 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6555 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6556 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6557 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6558 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6559 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6560 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6561 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6562
6563 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6564 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6565 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6566
6567 @quotation Warning
6568 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6569 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6570 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6571 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6572 @end quotation
6573
6574 @quotation Note
6575 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6576 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6577 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6578 what CPU activities are traced.
6579 @end quotation
6580 @end deffn
6581
6582 @deffn Command {etm info}
6583 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6584 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6585 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6586 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6587 @end deffn
6588
6589 @deffn Command {etm status}
6590 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6591 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6592 Did trace data overflow?
6593 Was it triggered?
6594 @end deffn
6595
6596 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6597 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6598 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6599 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6600 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6601
6602 @itemize
6603 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6604 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6605 The value is one of
6606 @option{none} (save nothing),
6607 @option{data} (save data),
6608 @option{address} (save addresses),
6609 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6610 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6611 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6612 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6613 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6614 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6615 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6616 trace stream without an image of the code.
6617 @end itemize
6618 @end deffn
6619
6620 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6621 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6622 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6623 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6624 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6625
6626 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6627 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6628 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6629 @end deffn
6630
6631 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6632
6633 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6634 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6635 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6636
6637 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6638 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6639 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6640 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6641 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6642 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6643 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6644
6645 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6646
6647 @itemize
6648 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6649 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6650 for instruction access within that function's body.
6651 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6652 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6653 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6654 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6655 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6656 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6657 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6658 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6659 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6660 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6661 @item @emph{... more}
6662 @end itemize
6663
6664 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6665 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6666
6667 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6668 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6669 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6670 @end deffn
6671
6672 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6673 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6674 @end deffn
6675
6676 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6677 Opens an image file.
6678 @end deffn
6679
6680 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6681 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6682 @end deffn
6683
6684 @deffn Command {etm start}
6685 Starts trace data collection.
6686 @end deffn
6687
6688 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6689 Stops trace data collection.
6690 @end deffn
6691
6692 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6693 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6694
6695 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6696
6697 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6698 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6699 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6700 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6701 any trace data collection.}
6702 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6703 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6704 @end deffn
6705 @end deffn
6706
6707 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6708 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6709 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6710 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6711 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6712 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6713 @end deffn
6714 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6715 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6716 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6717 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6718 trace trigger becomes active.
6719
6720 @itemize
6721 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6722 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6723 afterwards.
6724 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6725 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6726 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6727 what caused that event to happen.
6728 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6729 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6730 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6731 how the event caused trouble.
6732 @end itemize
6733 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6734 @end deffn
6735
6736 @end deffn
6737
6738 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6739 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6740 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6741 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6742 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6743
6744 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6745 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6746
6747 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6748 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6749 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6750 @end deffn
6751
6752 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6753 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6754 @end deffn
6755
6756 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6757 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6758 @end deffn
6759 @end deffn
6760
6761
6762 @section Generic ARM
6763 @cindex ARM
6764
6765 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6766 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6767 commands that may be available.
6768
6769 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6770 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6771 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6772 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6773 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6774 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6775 @end deffn
6776
6777 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6778 @cindex disassemble
6779 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6780 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6781 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6782 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6783 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6784 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6785 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6786
6787 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6788 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6789 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6790 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6791 with a handful of exceptions.
6792 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6793 @end deffn
6794
6795 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6796 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6797 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6798 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6799 and using the MCR instruction.
6800 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6801 an ARM register.)
6802 @end deffn
6803
6804 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6805 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6806 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6807 and the MRC instruction.
6808 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6809 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6810 an ARM register.)
6811 @end deffn
6812
6813 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6814 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6815 core mode if necessary.
6816 @end deffn
6817
6818 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6819 @cindex ARM semihosting
6820 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6821
6822 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6823 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6824 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6825 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6826 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6827 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6828 @end deffn
6829
6830 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6831 @cindex ARMv4
6832 @cindex ARMv5
6833
6834 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6835 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6836 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6837 variant.
6838
6839 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6840 @cindex ARM7
6841 @cindex ARM9
6842
6843 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6844 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6845 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6846 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6847
6848 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6849 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6850 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6851 instead of breakpoints.
6852 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6853
6854 This should be
6855 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6856 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6857 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6858 @end deffn
6859
6860 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6861 @cindex DCC
6862 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6863 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6864 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6865
6866 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6867 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6868 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6869 @end deffn
6870
6871 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6872 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6873 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6874 that don't check completion of the operation.
6875 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6876
6877 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6878 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6879 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6880 @end deffn
6881
6882 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6883 @cindex ARM720T
6884
6885 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6886 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6887 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6888 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6889
6890 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6891 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6892 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6893
6894 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6895 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6896 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6897 @end deffn
6898
6899 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6900 @cindex ARM9
6901
6902 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6903 integer processors.
6904 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6905
6906 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6907 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6908 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6909 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6910
6911 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6912 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6913 @cindex vector_catch
6914 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6915 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6916 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6917 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6918 to those hardware vectors.
6919
6920 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6921 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6922 vector catch hardware to intercept
6923 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6924 @option{none} of them,
6925 or a list with one or more of the following:
6926 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6927 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6928 @end deffn
6929
6930 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6931 @cindex ARM920T
6932
6933 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6934 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6935 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6936 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6937 and ARM9 commands.
6938
6939 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6940 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6941 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6942 @end deffn
6943
6944 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6945 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6946 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6947 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6948 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6949 (Not all registers can be written.)
6950 @end deffn
6951
6952 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6953 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6954 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6955
6956 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6957 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6958 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6959 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6960 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6961 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6962 @end deffn
6963
6964 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6965 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6966 @end deffn
6967
6968 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6969 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6970 @end deffn
6971
6972 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6973 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6974
6975 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6976 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6977 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6978 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6979 and ARM9 commands.
6980
6981 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6982 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6983
6984 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6985 Print information about the caches found.
6986 @end deffn
6987
6988 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6989 @cindex ARM966E
6990
6991 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6992 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6993 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6994 and ARM9 commands.
6995
6996 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6997 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6998 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6999 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7000 ARM966E-S TRM.
7001 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7002 as required for BIST support.
7003 @end deffn
7004
7005 @subsection XScale specific commands
7006 @cindex XScale
7007
7008 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7009
7010 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7011 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7012 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7013 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7014 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7015 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7016 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7017
7018 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7019 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7020 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7021 the mini-IC.
7022
7023 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7024 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7025 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7026 code layout in memory:
7027 @example
7028 _vectors:
7029 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7030 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7031 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7032 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7033 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7034 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7035 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7036 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7037 .org 0x100
7038 .long real_reset_vector
7039 .long real_ui_handler
7040 .long real_swi_handler
7041 .long real_pf_abort
7042 .long real_data_abort
7043 .long 0 /* unused */
7044 .long real_irq_handler
7045 .long real_fiq_handler
7046 @end example
7047
7048 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7049 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7050 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7051 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7052 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7053 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7054 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7055 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7056 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7057 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7058 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7059 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7060 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7061 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7062 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7063 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7064 software.
7065
7066 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7067 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7068 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7069 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7070
7071 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7072 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7073 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7074 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7075 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7076 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7077 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7078 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7079 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7080
7081 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7082 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7083
7084 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7085 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7086 @end deffn
7087
7088 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7089 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7090 @end deffn
7091
7092 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7093 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7094 @end deffn
7095
7096 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7097 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7098 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7099 @end deffn
7100
7101 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7102 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7103 @end deffn
7104
7105 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7106 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7107 @end deffn
7108
7109 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7110 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7111 @end deffn
7112
7113 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7114 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7115 @end deffn
7116
7117 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7118 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7119 @end deffn
7120
7121 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7122 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7123 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7124 and modifying how it is emptied.
7125 @end deffn
7126
7127 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7128 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7129 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7130 The image @var{type} may be one of
7131 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7132 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7133 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7134 @end deffn
7135
7136 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
7137 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7138 @cindex vector_catch
7139 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7140 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7141
7142 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7143 @example
7144 0x01 Trap Reset
7145 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7146 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7147 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7148 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7149 0x20 reserved
7150 0x40 Trap IRQ
7151 0x80 Trap FIQ
7152 @end example
7153 @end deffn
7154
7155 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
7156 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7157 @cindex vector_table
7158
7159 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7160 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7161 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7162 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7163 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7164
7165 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7166
7167 @end deffn
7168
7169 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7170 @cindex ARMv6
7171
7172 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7173 @cindex ARM11
7174
7175 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7176 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7177 which is enabled by default.
7178 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7179 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7180 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7181 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7182 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7183 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7184 @end deffn
7185
7186 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7187 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7188 which is enabled by default.
7189 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7190 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7191 @end deffn
7192
7193 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7194 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7195 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7196 they are disabled by default.
7197 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7198 @end deffn
7199
7200 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7201 @cindex vector_catch
7202 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7203 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7204 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7205
7206 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7207 for certain hardware events.
7208 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7209 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7210 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7211 @end deffn
7212
7213 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7214 @cindex ARMv7
7215
7216 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7217 @cindex Debug Access Port
7218 @cindex DAP
7219 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7220 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
7221 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7222
7223 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7224 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7225 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7226 @end deffn
7227
7228 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7229 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7230 @end deffn
7231
7232 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7233 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7234 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7235 @end deffn
7236
7237 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7238 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7239 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7240 @end deffn
7241
7242 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7243 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7244 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7245 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7246 @end deffn
7247
7248 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
7249 @cindex Cortex-M3
7250
7251 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7252 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7253
7254 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7255 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7256 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7257 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7258 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7259 the step command leaves with the core running.
7260
7261 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7262 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7263 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7264
7265 Default is @option{auto}.
7266 @end deffn
7267
7268 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7269 @cindex vector_catch
7270 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7271 for certain hardware events.
7272
7273 Parameters request interception of
7274 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7275 @option{none} of them,
7276 or one or more of the following:
7277 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7278 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7279 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7280 @option{irq_err},
7281 @option{state_err},
7282 @option{chk_err}, or
7283 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7284 @option{reset}.
7285 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7286 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7287 are mapped to HardFault.
7288 UsageFault checks for
7289 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7290 must also be explicitly enabled.
7291
7292 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7293 @end deffn
7294
7295 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7296 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7297 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7298 @itemize @minus
7299 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7300 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7301 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7302 @end itemize
7303 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
7304 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7305 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7306 the peripherals.
7307 @xref{Target Events}.
7308 @end deffn
7309
7310 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
7311 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7312 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7313 @cindex tracing
7314 @cindex libdcc
7315 @cindex DCC
7316 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7317 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7318 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7319 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7320
7321 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7322 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
7323 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7324 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7325 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7326 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7327
7328 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7329 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7330 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7331 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7332 The target being debugged may
7333 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7334 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7335 each supported by a command:
7336
7337 @itemize
7338 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7339 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7340 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7341 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7342
7343 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7344 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7345 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7346
7347 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7348 and then displayed at any time.
7349 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7350
7351 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7352 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7353 @end itemize
7354
7355 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7356 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7357 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7358 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7359 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7360 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7361 does the same thing.
7362
7363 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7364 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7365 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7366 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7367 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7368
7369 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7370 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7371 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7372 @end deffn
7373
7374 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7375 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7376 in the order they triggered.
7377 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7378 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7379 history records.
7380 @end deffn
7381
7382 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7383 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7384 they have been triggered.
7385 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7386 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7387 and associates it with that identifier.
7388
7389 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7390 are not related except by this command.
7391 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7392 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7393 @end deffn
7394
7395
7396 @node JTAG Commands
7397 @chapter JTAG Commands
7398 @cindex JTAG Commands
7399 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7400 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7401 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7402 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7403 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7404
7405 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7406 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7407
7408 @itemize @bullet
7409 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7410 devices such as a CPUs.
7411 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7412 standard state machine (in parallel)
7413 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7414 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7415 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7416 while the reading previous ones.
7417 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7418 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7419 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7420 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7421 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7422 registers.
7423 @end itemize
7424
7425 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7426
7427 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7428 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7429 the order of TAP state transitions.
7430 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7431 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7432 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7433 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7434 these commands are not available.
7435
7436 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7437 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7438 that specify the entire register.
7439 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7440 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7441 The return value holds the original value of each
7442 of those fields.
7443
7444 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7445 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7446 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7447 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7448 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7449
7450 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7451 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7452
7453 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7454 in that state.
7455 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7456 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7457 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7458
7459 @quotation Warning
7460 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7461 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7462 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7463 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7464 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7465 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7466 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7467 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7468 @end quotation
7469 @end deffn
7470
7471 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7472 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7473 This may be used for performance tuning.
7474
7475 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7476 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7477 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7478 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7479 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7480 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7481 @end deffn
7482
7483 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7484 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7485 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7486 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7487 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7488 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7489
7490 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7491 in that state.
7492 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7493 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7494 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7495
7496 @quotation Note
7497 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7498 register values, unlike data register values.
7499 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7500 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7501 @end quotation
7502 @end deffn
7503
7504 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7505 Set values of reset signals.
7506 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7507 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7508 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7509 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7510 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7511 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7512 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7513
7514 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7515 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7516 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7517 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7518 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7519 instead of the TRST signal.
7520 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7521 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7522 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7523 with handlers for that event.
7524 @end deffn
7525
7526 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7527 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7528 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7529 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7530 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7531 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7532 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7533 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7534 The final state must also be stable.
7535 @end deffn
7536
7537 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7538 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7539 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7540 Instructions often need some time
7541 to execute before they take effect.
7542 @end deffn
7543
7544 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7545 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7546
7547 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7548 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7549 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7550 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7551 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7552 @end deffn
7553
7554 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7555 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7556 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7557 must also be enabled.
7558 Default is enabled.
7559 @end deffn
7560
7561 @section TAP state names
7562 @cindex TAP state names
7563
7564 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7565 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7566 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7567 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7568
7569 @itemize @bullet
7570 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7571 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7572 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7573 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7574 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7575 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7576 through the data register
7577 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7578 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7579 for update or more shifting
7580 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7581 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7582 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7583 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7584 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7585 through the instruction register
7586 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7587 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7588 for update or more shifting
7589 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7590 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7591 @end itemize
7592
7593 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7594 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7595 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7596 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7597
7598 @itemize @bullet
7599 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7600 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7601 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7602 may not be as expected.
7603 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7604 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7605 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7606 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7607 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7608 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7609 @end itemize
7610
7611 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7612 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7613
7614 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7615 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7616 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7617 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7618
7619 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7620 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7621 @cindex SVF
7622
7623 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7624 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7625 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7626 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7627
7628 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7629 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7630 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7631 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7632 each command is logged before it is executed.
7633 @end deffn
7634
7635 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7636 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7637 @cindex XSVF
7638
7639 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7640 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7641 Xilinx devices.
7642 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7643 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7644
7645 @quotation Important
7646 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7647 @end quotation
7648
7649 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7650 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7651 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7652 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7653 that TAP.
7654 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7655 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7656 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7657 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7658 @end deffn
7659
7660 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7661 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7662 after building the software.
7663 You may find them useful:
7664
7665 @itemize
7666 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7667 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7668 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7669 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7670 @end itemize
7671
7672 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7673 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7674 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7675 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7676 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7677 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7678 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7679
7680
7681 @node TFTP
7682 @chapter TFTP
7683 @cindex TFTP
7684 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7685 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7686
7687 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7688 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7689 server (tftpd). For example,
7690
7691 @example
7692 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7693 @end example
7694
7695 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7696 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7697
7698 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7699 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7700 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7701 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7702
7703 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7704 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7705 @cindex GDB
7706 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7707 to debug remote targets.
7708 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7709
7710 @itemize
7711 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7712 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7713 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7714 as shown in this chapter.
7715 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7716 that also will probably need to be configured.
7717 @end itemize
7718
7719 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7720 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7721 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7722 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7723 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7724 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7725
7726 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7727 @section Connecting to GDB
7728 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7729 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7730 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7731 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7732 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7733
7734 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7735
7736 @enumerate
7737 @item
7738 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7739 @example
7740 target remote localhost:3333
7741 @end example
7742 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7743
7744 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
7745 @example
7746 target extended-remote localhost:3333
7747 @end example
7748 @item
7749 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7750 @example
7751 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7752 @end example
7753 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7754 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7755 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7756 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7757 @end enumerate
7758
7759 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7760 GDB command line.
7761
7762 @section Sample GDB session startup
7763
7764 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7765 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7766 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7767 small ARM program.
7768 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7769 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7770
7771 @example
7772 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7773 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7774 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7775 ...
7776 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7777 ...
7778 (gdb) load
7779 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7780 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7781 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7782 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7783 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7784 (gdb) continue
7785 Continuing.
7786 ...
7787 @end example
7788
7789 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7790 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7791 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7792 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7793
7794 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7795
7796 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7797 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7798 packet size and the device's memory map.
7799 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7800 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7801 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7802
7803 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7804 You may need to set those up by hand.
7805 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7806 something like:
7807
7808 @example
7809 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7810 @end example
7811
7812 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7813
7814 @example
7815 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7816 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7817 @end example
7818
7819 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7820 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7821 do not have such restrictions.
7822
7823 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7824 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7825 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7826
7827 @example
7828 define hook-step
7829 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7830 end
7831 define hookpost-step
7832 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7833 end
7834 @end example
7835
7836 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7837 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7838 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7839 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7840
7841 @section Programming using GDB
7842 @cindex Programming using GDB
7843
7844 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7845 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7846 @example
7847 gdb_memory_map disable
7848 @end example
7849 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7850 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7851 working area.
7852
7853 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7854 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7855 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7856 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7857
7858 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7859 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7860
7861 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7862 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7863 @example
7864 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7865 @end example
7866
7867 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7868 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7869
7870 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7871 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7872 will be used.
7873
7874 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7875 script can be executed:
7876 @example
7877 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7878 @end example
7879
7880 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7881 can be used.
7882 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7883 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7884 @cindex SMP
7885 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7886 @itemize @bullet
7887 @item j - smp status request
7888 @item J - smp set request
7889 @end itemize
7890
7891 OpenOCD implements :
7892 @itemize @bullet
7893 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7894 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7895 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7896 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7897 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7898 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7899 @end itemize
7900
7901 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7902 @itemize @bullet
7903 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7904 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7905 @example
7906 set $_core 1
7907 #Jc01 packet is sent
7908 print $_core
7909 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7910 @end example
7911
7912 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7913 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7914
7915 @example
7916 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7917 define toggle0
7918 maint packet Jc0
7919 continue
7920 main packet Jc-1
7921 end
7922 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7923 define toggle1
7924 maint packet Jc1
7925 continue
7926 main packet Jc-1
7927 end
7928 @end example
7929 @end itemize
7930
7931
7932 @node Tcl Scripting API
7933 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7934 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7935 @cindex Tcl scripts
7936 @section API rules
7937
7938 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7939 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7940 information as an argument to each proc.
7941
7942 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7943 pair list and lists.
7944
7945 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7946 list.
7947
7948 @verbatim
7949
7950 > set foo(me) Duane
7951 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7952 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7953 > set foo(duck) Donald
7954
7955 If one does this:
7956
7957 > set foo
7958
7959 The result is:
7960
7961 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7962
7963 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7964
7965 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7966 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7967 }
7968 @end verbatim
7969
7970 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7971 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7972
7973 @section Internal low-level Commands
7974
7975 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7976
7977 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7978 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7979 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7980
7981 @itemize @bullet
7982 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7983
7984 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7985 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7986
7987 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7988 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7989
7990 Return information about the flash banks
7991 @end itemize
7992
7993 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7994 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7995 called "flash_banks".
7996
7997 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7998
7999 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8000 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8001 holds one of the following values:
8002
8003 @itemize @bullet
8004 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8005 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8006 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8007 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8008 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8009 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8010 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8011 @end itemize
8012
8013 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8014
8015 @quotation Note
8016 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8017 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8018 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8019 is jim, not real tcl).
8020 @end quotation
8021
8022 @node FAQ
8023 @chapter FAQ
8024 @cindex faq
8025 @enumerate
8026 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
8027 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8028 @cindex RTCK
8029 @cindex adaptive clocking
8030 @*
8031
8032 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8033 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8034 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8035 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8036
8037 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8038 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8039 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8040 @enumerate
8041 @item
8042 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8043 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8044 @item
8045 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8046 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8047 @end enumerate
8048
8049 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8050 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8051 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8052 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8053 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8054 power).
8055
8056 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8057 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8058 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8059 ARM926 scenario).
8060 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8061 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8062 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8063
8064 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8065 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8066 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8067 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8068
8069 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8070
8071 In order to make use of this,
8072 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8073 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8074
8075 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8076 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8077 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8078 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8079 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8080
8081 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8082 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8083 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8084 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8085
8086 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8087 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8088 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8089 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8090 with a CPLD.
8091 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8092 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8093 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8094 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8095 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8096 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8097
8098 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8099
8100 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8101
8102 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8103 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8104 depending on the chips on your board.
8105 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8106 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8107 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8108
8109 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8110 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8111 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8112
8113 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8114 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8115 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8116 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8117
8118 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8119 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8120 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8121 this way.
8122
8123 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8124 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8125 clock rate.
8126 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8127 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8128 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8129
8130 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8131
8132 @example
8133 # Example: 1.234MHz
8134 adapter_khz 1234
8135 @end example
8136
8137
8138 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8139
8140 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8141 around Windows filenames.
8142
8143 @example
8144 > echo \a
8145
8146 > echo @{\a@}
8147 \a
8148 > echo "\a"
8149
8150 >
8151 @end example
8152
8153
8154 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8155
8156 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8157 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8158 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8159
8160 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8161 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8162 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8163
8164 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8165 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8166 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8167
8168 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8169
8170 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8171 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8172 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8173 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8174
8175 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8176 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8177 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8178
8179 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8180 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8181
8182 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8183 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8184 memory read caused data abort".
8185
8186 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8187 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8188 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8189 be done, feel free to add this here.
8190
8191 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8192 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8193 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8194 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8195 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8196 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8197 gracefully stops.
8198
8199 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8200 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8201 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8202
8203 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8204 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8205 bytes. Painful...
8206
8207
8208 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8209 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8210
8211 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8212 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8213 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8214 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8215 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8216 reset, everything else should work fine.
8217
8218 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8219 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8220 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8221 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8222
8223 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8224 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8225 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8226 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8227
8228 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8229
8230 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8231 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8232 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8233 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8234
8235 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8236 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8237 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8238 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8239
8240 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8241 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8242 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8243
8244 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8245 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8246
8247 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8248 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8249 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8250 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8251 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8252 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8253 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8254 clock frequency?
8255
8256 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8257 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8258 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8259 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8260 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8261
8262 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8263
8264 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8265 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8266 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8267 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8268 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8269 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8270 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8271
8272 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8273
8274 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8275 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8276 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8277 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8278
8279 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
8280 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8281 particular order?
8282
8283 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8284 the same order used by the hardware.
8285
8286 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8287 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8288 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8289 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8290 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8291 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8292
8293 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8294 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8295 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8296 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8297
8298 @itemize @bullet
8299 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8300 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8301 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8302 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8303 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8304 @end itemize
8305
8306 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8307
8308 @itemize @bullet
8309 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8310 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8311 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8312 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8313 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8314 @end itemize
8315
8316
8317 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8318 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8319 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8320
8321 TODO.
8322
8323 @end enumerate
8324
8325 @node Tcl Crash Course
8326 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8327 @cindex Tcl
8328
8329 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8330 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8331 how the Tcl scripts work.
8332
8333 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8334 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8335 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8336 OpenOCD.
8337
8338 @section Tcl Rule #1
8339 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8340 @enumerate
8341 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8342 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8343 @end enumerate
8344
8345 The Tcl equal is this:
8346
8347 @enumerate
8348 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8349 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8350 @end enumerate
8351
8352 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8353 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8354
8355 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8356 There is a second pair of rules.
8357 @enumerate
8358 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8359 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8360 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8361 in Tcl.
8362 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8363 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8364 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8365 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8366 @end enumerate
8367
8368 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8369 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8370 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8371 Everything is a string}
8372
8373 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8374 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8375 difference is subtle.
8376 @enumerate
8377 @item Parse Time
8378 @item Evaluation Time
8379 @end enumerate
8380
8381 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8382 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8383 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8384
8385 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8386 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8387 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8388 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8389
8390 @itemize @bullet
8391 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8392 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8393 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8394 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8395 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8396 @example
8397 # bash example
8398 X=`date`
8399 echo "The Date is: $X"
8400 # Tcl example
8401 set X [date]
8402 puts "The Date is: $X"
8403 @end example
8404 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8405 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8406 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8407 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8408 is a string}
8409 @example
8410 set x "Dinner"
8411 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8412 @end example
8413 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8414 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8415 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8416 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8417 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8418 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8419 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8420 @end itemize
8421
8422 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8423
8424 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8425
8426 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8427
8428 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8429 the normal way.
8430
8431 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8432 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8433 line is immedatly executed.
8434
8435 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8436 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8437
8438 @subsection Command Execution
8439
8440 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8441 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8442 control flow operators.
8443
8444 Commands are executed like this:
8445
8446 @enumerate
8447 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8448 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8449 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8450 @end enumerate
8451
8452 It sort of works like this:
8453 @example
8454 for(;;)@{
8455 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8456
8457 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8458
8459 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8460 @}
8461 @end example
8462
8463 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8464 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8465 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8466 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8467 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8468 ``LookupCommand()''
8469
8470 @subsection The FOR command
8471
8472 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8473 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8474 command just like any other command.
8475
8476 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8477 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8478 are:
8479
8480 @enumerate 0
8481 @item The ascii text 'for'
8482 @item The start text
8483 @item The test expression
8484 @item The next text
8485 @item The body text
8486 @end enumerate
8487
8488 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8489 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8490 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8491 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8492
8493 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8494 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8495
8496 @example
8497 int
8498 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8499 int *argc,
8500 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8501 @end example
8502
8503 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8504 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8505 still operates in the same basic way.
8506
8507 @subsection FOR command implementation
8508
8509 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8510 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8511
8512 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8513
8514 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8515
8516 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8517 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8518 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8519
8520 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8521 expression and returns a value.
8522
8523 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8524 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8525 @example
8526 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8527
8528 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8529
8530 int
8531 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8532 int argc,
8533 char **argv )
8534 @{
8535 if( argc != 5 )@{
8536 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8537 return ERROR;
8538 @}
8539
8540 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8541
8542 // Execute the start statement.
8543 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8544
8545 // Top of loop test
8546 for(;;)@{
8547 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8548 if( i == 0 )
8549 break;
8550
8551 // Execute the body
8552 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8553
8554 // Execute the LOOP part
8555 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8556 @}
8557
8558 // Return no error
8559 SetResult( interp, "" );
8560 return SUCCESS;
8561 @}
8562 @end example
8563
8564 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8565 in the same basic way.
8566
8567 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8568
8569 @subsection source and find commands
8570 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8571 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8572 @*Remember the parsing rules
8573 @enumerate
8574 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8575 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8576 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8577 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8578 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8579 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8580 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8581 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8582 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8583 @end enumerate
8584 @subsection format command
8585 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8586 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8587 @b{sprintf()}.
8588 @b{Example}
8589 @example
8590 set x 6
8591 set y 7
8592 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8593 @end example
8594 @enumerate
8595 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8596 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8597 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8598 @* Refer to Rule #1
8599 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8600 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8601 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8602 @end enumerate
8603 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8604 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8605 @example
8606 #1 Good
8607 proc someproc @{@} @{
8608 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8609 @}
8610 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8611 #2 Good - no variables
8612 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8613 #3 Good Curly Braces
8614 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8615 puts "Time: [date]"
8616 @}
8617 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8618 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8619 @end example
8620 @enumerate
8621 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8622 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8623 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8624 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8625 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8626 command.
8627 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8628 @*There are 4 examples:
8629 @enumerate
8630 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8631 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8632 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8633 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8634 @end enumerate
8635
8636 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8637 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8638 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8639
8640 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8641 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8642 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8643 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8644 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8645 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8646 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8647 @end enumerate
8648 @subsection Global Variables
8649 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8650 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8651 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8652 @example
8653 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8654 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8655 global x #Global variable X
8656 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8657 @}
8658 @end example
8659 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8660 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8661 @example
8662 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8663 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8664 # Create var name
8665 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8666 # Make it a global
8667 global $vn
8668 # Set it.
8669 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8670 @}
8671 @end example
8672 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8673 @example
8674 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8675 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8676 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8677 @}
8678 @end example
8679
8680 @include fdl.texi
8681
8682 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8683 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8684 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8685 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8686 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8687 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8688
8689 @printindex cp
8690
8691 @node Command and Driver Index
8692 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8693 @printindex fn
8694
8695 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)